1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "ecoff-bfd.h"
37 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
39 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
51 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
58 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
59 There are four types of entry:
61 (1) an absolute address
62 requires: abfd == NULL
65 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
66 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
67 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
69 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
70 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
74 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
75 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
78 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
80 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
81 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
85 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
87 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
88 that should be added to the symbol value. */
90 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
91 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
92 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
93 otherwise it is in the global area. */
94 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
97 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
98 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
99 unsigned char tls_type
;
101 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
102 and created the associated relocations. */
103 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
105 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
106 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
107 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
111 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
112 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
113 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
114 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
115 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
117 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
118 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
119 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
120 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
121 struct mips_got_page_ref
126 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
132 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
133 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
135 struct mips_got_page_range
137 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
138 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
139 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
142 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
143 relocations against a given section. */
144 struct mips_got_page_entry
146 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
148 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
149 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
150 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
154 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
158 /* The number of global .got entries. */
159 unsigned int global_gotno
;
160 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
161 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
162 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
163 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
164 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
165 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
166 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
167 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
168 unsigned int local_gotno
;
169 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
170 unsigned int page_gotno
;
171 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
173 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
174 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
175 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
176 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
177 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
178 struct htab
*got_entries
;
179 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
180 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
181 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
182 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
183 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
184 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
185 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
188 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
190 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
192 /* The output bfd. */
194 /* The link information. */
195 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
196 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
197 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
199 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
200 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
202 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
203 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
205 unsigned int max_count
;
206 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
207 unsigned int max_pages
;
208 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
209 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
210 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
212 unsigned int global_count
;
215 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
216 when laying out the GOT. */
218 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
220 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
221 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
225 struct _mips_elf_section_data
227 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
234 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
235 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
237 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
238 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
239 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
240 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
242 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
243 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
244 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
245 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
246 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
247 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
249 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
250 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
251 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
252 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
253 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
256 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
257 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
258 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
260 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
263 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
264 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
267 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
269 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
273 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
275 to a separate trampoline section.
277 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
278 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
279 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
280 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
281 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
282 asection
*stub_section
;
284 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
287 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
288 in H->root.root.u.def. */
289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
292 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
294 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
295 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
296 #define LA25_BC(VAL) (0xc8000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* bc VAL */
297 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
300 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
302 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
303 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
305 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
306 the dynamic symbols. */
308 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
310 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
312 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
313 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
314 symbol with a GOT entry. */
315 bfd_size_type min_got_dynindx
;
316 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
317 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
318 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
319 bfd_size_type max_unref_got_dynindx
;
320 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a local
322 bfd_size_type max_local_dynindx
;
323 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to an external
324 symbol without a GOT entry. */
325 bfd_size_type max_non_got_dynindx
;
326 /* If non-NULL, output BFD for .MIPS.xhash finalization. */
328 /* If non-NULL, pointer to contents of .MIPS.xhash for filling in
329 real final dynindx. */
333 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
334 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
335 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
340 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
343 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
346 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
349 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
350 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
352 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
353 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
355 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
356 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
359 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
360 the global hash table. */
362 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
364 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
366 /* External symbol information. */
369 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
370 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
372 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
374 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
376 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
377 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
380 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
381 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
384 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
385 being called returns a floating point value. */
386 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
388 /* If non-zero, location in .MIPS.xhash to write real final dynindx. */
389 bfd_vma mipsxhash_loc
;
391 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
392 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
394 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
395 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
396 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
397 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
399 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
400 is against a readonly section. */
401 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
403 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
404 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
405 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
406 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
408 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
409 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
410 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
411 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
412 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
414 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
415 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
416 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
418 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
419 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
420 la25 stub is required. */
421 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
423 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
424 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
425 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
427 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
428 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
431 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
433 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
435 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
437 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
438 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
440 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
441 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
443 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
444 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
445 bool use_rld_obj_head
;
447 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
448 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
450 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
451 bool mips16_stubs_seen
;
453 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
454 bool use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
456 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
459 /* True if we suppress checks for invalid branches between ISA modes. */
460 bool ignore_branch_isa
;
462 /* True if we are targetting R6 compact branches. */
463 bool compact_branches
;
465 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
466 bool small_data_overflow_reported
;
468 /* True if we use the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. */
469 bool use_absolute_zero
;
471 /* True if we have been configured for a GNU target. */
474 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
479 /* The master GOT information. */
480 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
482 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
484 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
486 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
487 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
489 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
490 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
492 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
493 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
495 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
496 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
498 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
499 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
501 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
502 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
504 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
505 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
507 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
508 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
510 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
511 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
513 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
514 See the comment above that structure for details. */
515 asection
*strampoline
;
517 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
521 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
522 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
523 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
524 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
526 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
528 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
530 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
531 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
534 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
536 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
537 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
538 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == MIPS_ELF_DATA) \
539 ? (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
541 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
542 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
544 /* The usual link-wide information. */
545 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
548 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
552 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
554 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
556 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
557 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
559 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
562 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
565 /* The abiflags for this object. */
566 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
569 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
570 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
572 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
573 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
574 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
575 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
577 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
578 asection
**local_stubs
;
579 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
581 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
582 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
583 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
584 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
585 asection
*elf_data_section
;
586 asection
*elf_text_section
;
589 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
591 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
592 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
594 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
595 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
601 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
602 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
603 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
604 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
605 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
606 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
608 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
609 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
610 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
611 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
612 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
613 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
614 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
615 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
616 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
617 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
618 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
619 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
620 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
621 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
623 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
628 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
629 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
630 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
634 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
636 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
639 "_procedure_string_table",
640 "_procedure_table_size",
644 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
649 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
650 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
651 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
652 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
653 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
654 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
663 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
664 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
665 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
669 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
670 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
671 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
672 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
673 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
674 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
679 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
680 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
681 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
682 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
683 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
691 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
697 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
699 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
701 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1U)
702 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
703 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xfU)
704 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
705 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xffU)
706 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
707 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffffU)
708 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
710 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
711 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
712 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
713 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
714 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
716 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
717 has different meaning for each type:
720 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
721 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
722 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
723 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
726 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
727 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
728 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
729 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
731 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
732 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
733 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
734 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
736 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
737 loader for use by the static exception system. */
739 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
740 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
741 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
742 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
743 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
744 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
745 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
746 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
747 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
748 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
750 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
752 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
753 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
755 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
756 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
757 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
758 static bool mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
759 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
760 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
762 static bool mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
763 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
764 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
765 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
766 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
767 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
769 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
770 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
772 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
773 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
774 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
775 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
776 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
778 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
779 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
780 for RM9000 for now. */
781 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
784 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
785 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
787 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
789 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
790 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
792 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
794 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
795 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
796 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
798 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
799 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
800 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
802 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
803 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
804 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
806 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
807 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
808 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
810 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
811 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
813 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
814 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
815 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
817 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
818 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
819 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
820 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
822 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
823 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
824 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
826 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
827 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
828 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
830 /* The name of the options section. */
831 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
832 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
834 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
835 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
836 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
837 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
839 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
840 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
841 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
843 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
844 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
845 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
846 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
848 /* The name of the stub section. */
849 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
851 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
852 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
853 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
855 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
856 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
857 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
859 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
860 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
861 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
863 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
864 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
865 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
867 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
868 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
869 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
871 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
872 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
873 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
875 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
877 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
879 /* Get word-sized data. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
881 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
883 /* Put out word-sized data. */
884 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
886 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
887 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
889 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
890 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
891 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
893 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
894 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
895 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
897 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
898 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (abfd, rtype, rela))
900 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
901 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
902 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->root.target_os == is_vxworks \
903 ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
905 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
906 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
907 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
908 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
910 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
911 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
913 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
914 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
916 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
917 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
918 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->root.target_os == is_vxworks \
921 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
923 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
925 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
926 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
928 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
929 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
930 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
932 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
933 #define STUB_JALRC 0xf8190000 /* jalrc ra,t9 */
934 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
935 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
936 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
938 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
939 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
941 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
942 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
944 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
945 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
946 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
947 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
948 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
949 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
950 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
951 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
952 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
953 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
954 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
955 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
956 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
958 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
959 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
961 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
962 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
963 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
964 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
965 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
966 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
968 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
971 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
972 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
973 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
974 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
977 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
978 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
979 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
980 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
981 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
982 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
983 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
984 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
986 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
987 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
989 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
991 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
992 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
995 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
996 floating point arguments.
998 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
999 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
1000 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
1001 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
1002 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
1003 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
1004 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
1005 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
1007 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
1008 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
1009 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
1010 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
1011 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1012 stub should be discarded.
1014 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1015 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1016 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1017 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1018 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1019 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1020 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1023 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1024 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1025 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1027 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1029 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1030 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1031 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1033 #define FN_STUB_P(name) startswith (name, FN_STUB)
1034 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) startswith (name, CALL_STUB)
1035 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) startswith (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1037 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1038 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1040 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1041 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1042 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1043 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1044 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1045 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1046 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1047 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1050 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable using compact
1052 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_o32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1054 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1055 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1056 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1057 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1058 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1059 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1060 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1064 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1065 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1066 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1068 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1069 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1070 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1071 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1072 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1073 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1074 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1075 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1078 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable using compact
1079 jumps. Different because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14)
1081 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_n32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1083 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1084 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1085 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1086 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1087 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1088 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1089 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1093 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1094 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1097 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1098 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1099 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1100 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1101 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1102 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1103 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1104 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1107 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable using compact
1108 jumps. Different from N32 because of the increased size of GOT
1110 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_n64_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1112 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1113 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1114 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1115 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1116 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1117 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1118 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1119 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1123 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1124 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1125 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1126 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1128 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1129 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1131 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1132 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1133 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1134 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1135 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1136 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1137 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1138 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1142 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1143 in the insn32 mode. */
1144 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1146 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1147 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1148 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1149 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1150 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1151 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1152 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1153 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1156 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1157 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1159 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1160 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1161 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1162 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1165 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1167 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1168 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1169 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1170 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1173 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry_compact
[] =
1175 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1176 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1177 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1178 0xd8190000 /* jic $25, 0 */
1181 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1182 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1183 directly addressable. */
1184 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1186 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1187 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1188 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1190 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1192 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1195 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1196 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1197 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1199 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1200 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1201 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1202 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1205 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1206 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1208 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1209 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1210 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1211 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1214 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1215 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1217 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1218 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1219 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1220 0x00000000, /* nop */
1221 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1222 0x00000000 /* nop */
1225 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1226 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1228 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1229 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1230 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1231 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1232 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1233 0x00000000, /* nop */
1234 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1235 0x00000000 /* nop */
1238 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1239 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1241 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1242 0x00000000, /* nop */
1243 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1244 0x00000000, /* nop */
1245 0x00000000, /* nop */
1246 0x00000000 /* nop */
1249 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1250 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1252 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1253 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1256 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1259 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1261 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1262 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1265 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1268 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1270 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1273 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1275 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1276 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1277 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1280 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1282 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1283 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1285 (bool (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1288 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1289 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1291 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1292 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1295 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1297 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1298 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1300 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1304 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1306 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1307 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1309 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1312 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1314 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1315 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1316 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1318 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1319 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1321 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1324 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1326 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1328 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1329 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1330 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1334 /* Set local fields. */
1335 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1336 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1337 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1340 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1341 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1342 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1343 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1344 ret
->mipsxhash_loc
= 0;
1345 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1346 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= true;
1347 ret
->readonly_reloc
= false;
1348 ret
->has_static_relocs
= false;
1349 ret
->no_fn_stub
= false;
1350 ret
->need_fn_stub
= false;
1351 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= false;
1352 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= false;
1353 ret
->use_plt_entry
= false;
1356 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1359 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1362 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1364 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1369 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1371 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1373 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1374 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1376 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1379 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1382 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1385 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1386 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1389 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1390 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1393 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1396 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1397 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1399 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1400 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1403 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1404 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1407 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1408 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1410 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1412 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1416 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1417 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1419 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (size, symhdr->count, &amt)) \
1421 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); \
1422 goto error_return; \
1424 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) \
1425 goto error_return; \
1426 debug->ptr = (type) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd, amt, amt); \
1427 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1428 goto error_return; \
1431 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1432 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1433 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1434 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1435 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1436 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1438 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1439 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1440 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1441 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1442 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1452 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1453 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1454 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1455 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1456 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1458 free (debug
->ssext
);
1459 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1460 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1461 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1465 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1468 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1470 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1471 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1472 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1473 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1474 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1475 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1477 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1478 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1480 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1483 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1486 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1487 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1488 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1490 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1491 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1493 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1495 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1496 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1500 bfd_size_type count
;
1501 unsigned long sindex
;
1505 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1513 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1515 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1516 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1519 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1521 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1525 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1528 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1529 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1533 size
= sizeof (char *);
1534 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1538 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1539 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1540 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1544 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1547 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1548 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1551 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1554 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1555 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1557 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1558 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1559 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1560 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1561 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1562 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1563 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1564 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1565 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1566 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1568 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1569 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1573 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1574 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1575 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1578 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1582 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1585 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1587 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1588 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1589 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1590 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1592 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1593 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1594 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1596 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1598 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1600 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1602 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1603 matters, but someday it might). */
1604 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1622 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1623 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1626 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1627 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1628 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1631 bool micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1632 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1633 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1640 /* Create a new symbol. */
1641 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1643 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1644 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1650 /* Make it a local function. */
1651 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1652 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1654 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1656 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1660 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1661 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1665 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1666 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1669 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1670 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1676 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1677 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1678 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1679 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1680 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1682 /* Create a new symbol. */
1683 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1685 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1686 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1692 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1693 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1694 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1695 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1696 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1697 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1701 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1702 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1705 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1709 name
= bfd_section_name (section
);
1710 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1711 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1712 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1713 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1716 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1717 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1718 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1720 static unsigned long
1721 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1722 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1723 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1724 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1726 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1727 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1729 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1730 one in a compound relocation. */
1731 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1732 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1733 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1735 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1736 the traditional behavior. */
1737 if (relocs
< relend
)
1738 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1743 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1747 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1748 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1750 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1751 objects try to call them. */
1752 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1753 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1755 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1756 h
->need_fn_stub
= true;
1759 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1760 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1762 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1763 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1764 being included in the link. */
1765 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1766 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1767 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1768 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1769 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1772 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1773 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1775 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1776 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1777 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1778 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1779 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1780 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1781 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1782 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1785 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1786 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1788 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1789 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1790 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1791 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1792 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1793 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1794 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1795 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1799 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1802 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1804 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1806 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1807 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1808 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1812 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1814 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1816 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1817 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1818 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1819 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1820 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1821 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1824 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1825 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1829 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1830 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1833 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1835 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1839 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1840 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1841 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1842 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1848 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1849 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1850 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1851 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1852 entry points are of interest here. */
1855 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1857 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1858 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1859 && h
->root
.def_regular
1860 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1861 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1862 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1863 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1864 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1865 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1868 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1869 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1872 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1875 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1877 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1878 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1883 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1884 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1888 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1889 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1890 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1893 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1894 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1896 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1898 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1901 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1905 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1906 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1909 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1911 /* Create the section. */
1912 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1913 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1914 input_section
->output_section
);
1918 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1919 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1920 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, align
))
1923 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1925 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1926 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1927 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1928 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1930 /* Allocate room for it. */
1935 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1936 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1937 the function symbol to it. */
1940 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1941 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1943 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1946 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1950 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1951 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1954 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1955 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1956 input_section
->output_section
);
1957 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
1959 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1962 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1963 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1964 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1965 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1967 /* Allocate room for it. */
1972 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1973 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1976 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1977 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1979 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1980 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1981 bool use_trampoline_p
;
1986 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1987 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1991 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1992 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1996 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
2000 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
2003 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
2004 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
2008 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
2009 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
2015 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
2016 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
2017 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
2018 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
2020 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
2022 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
2023 return (use_trampoline_p
2024 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
2025 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
2028 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
2029 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
2032 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2034 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
2036 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
2037 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2038 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
2040 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
2042 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
2043 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
2044 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
2047 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
2048 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
2049 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2050 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2052 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2054 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
2055 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2057 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2066 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2067 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2070 The format of these instructions is:
2072 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2073 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2074 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2076 +-----------------------------------------------+
2078 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2079 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2081 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2082 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2083 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2084 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2085 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2086 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2087 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2088 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2089 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2090 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2093 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2094 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2095 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2096 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2097 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2098 value as two 16-bit values.
2100 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2104 +--------+----------------------+
2108 +--------+----------------------+
2111 +----------+------+-------------+
2115 +----------+--------------------+
2116 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2117 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2119 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2120 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2121 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2122 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2123 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2125 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2126 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2127 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2130 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2131 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2132 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2133 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2134 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2136 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2138 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2139 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2140 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2141 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2142 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2144 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2147 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2148 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2149 little-endian system.
2151 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2152 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2153 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2156 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2161 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2162 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2163 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2166 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2167 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2168 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2169 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2170 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2171 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2172 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2173 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2181 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2184 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2186 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2189 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2190 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2191 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2194 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2196 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2197 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2198 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2202 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2204 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2205 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2206 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2210 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2212 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2213 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2214 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2218 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2220 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2224 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2226 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2230 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2232 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2236 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2238 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2242 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2244 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2248 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2250 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2251 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2252 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2253 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2257 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2259 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2260 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2261 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2262 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2266 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2268 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2272 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2274 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2275 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2276 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2280 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2282 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2283 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2284 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2285 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2286 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2287 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2288 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2289 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2293 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2295 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2296 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2300 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2302 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2303 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2304 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2305 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2306 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2310 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2312 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2313 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2317 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2319 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2320 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2321 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2322 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2326 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2328 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2329 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2330 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2334 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2336 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2337 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2338 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2342 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2344 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2345 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2346 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2350 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2351 bool jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2353 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2355 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2358 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2359 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2360 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2361 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2362 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2363 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2364 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2365 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2367 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2368 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2369 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2373 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2374 bool jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2376 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2378 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2381 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2382 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2384 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2387 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2389 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2390 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2394 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2395 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2396 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2398 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2399 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2402 bfd_reloc_status_type
2403 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2404 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2405 bool relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2409 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2411 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2414 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2416 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2417 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2419 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2420 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2422 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2423 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2425 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2427 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2428 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2429 an external symbol. */
2431 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2432 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2434 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2436 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2438 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2439 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2443 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2446 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2448 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2451 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2452 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2453 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2458 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2460 asection
*input_section
;
2464 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2466 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2468 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2469 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2470 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2472 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2473 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2474 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2475 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2477 bfd_reloc_status_type
2478 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2479 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2480 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2481 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2483 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2485 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2486 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2488 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2490 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2492 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2494 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2495 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2498 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2499 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2501 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2504 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2505 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2506 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2508 bfd_reloc_status_type
2509 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2510 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2511 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2513 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2514 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (symbol
))
2515 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (symbol
)))
2516 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2517 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2518 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2521 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2522 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2525 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2526 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2527 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2529 bfd_reloc_status_type
2530 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2531 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2532 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2535 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2537 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2538 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2540 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, false,
2542 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2543 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, false,
2546 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2548 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2549 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2551 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2553 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2554 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2555 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2556 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2557 has a rightshift of 0. */
2558 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2559 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, false);
2560 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2561 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, false);
2562 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2563 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, false);
2565 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2566 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2567 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2569 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2570 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2572 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2575 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2579 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2580 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2584 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2585 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2586 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2588 bfd_reloc_status_type
2589 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2590 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2591 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2592 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2595 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2598 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2600 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2601 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2603 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2605 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2607 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2608 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2609 offset or address. */
2610 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2611 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2616 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2617 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2618 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2619 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2621 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2622 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2623 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2627 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2628 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2629 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2630 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2631 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2632 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2635 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2637 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2638 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2640 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2641 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, false,
2643 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2645 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, false,
2648 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2653 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2655 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2658 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2659 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2662 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2665 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2666 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2670 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2671 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2678 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2679 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2681 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2682 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2683 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2684 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2685 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2686 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2690 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2691 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2695 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2696 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2697 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2698 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2699 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2700 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2701 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2704 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2705 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2706 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2709 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2712 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2713 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2714 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2715 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2716 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2717 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2721 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2722 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2724 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2725 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2726 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2727 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2728 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2729 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2732 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2733 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2734 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2735 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2736 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2739 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2740 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2742 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2743 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2744 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2745 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2746 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2747 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2748 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2752 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2753 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2755 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2756 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2757 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2758 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2759 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2760 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2761 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2764 /* Swap in an options header. */
2767 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2768 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2770 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2771 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2772 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2773 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2776 /* Swap out an options header. */
2779 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2780 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2782 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2783 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2784 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2785 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2788 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2791 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2792 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2793 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2795 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2796 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2797 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2798 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2799 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2800 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2801 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2802 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2803 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2804 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2805 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2808 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2811 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2812 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2813 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2815 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2816 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2817 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2818 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2819 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2820 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2821 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2822 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2823 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2824 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2825 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2828 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2829 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2832 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2834 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2835 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2838 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2839 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2841 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2845 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2847 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2852 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2855 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2856 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2859 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2860 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2862 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2863 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2864 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2865 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2867 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2869 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2872 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2874 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2883 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2884 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2885 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2886 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2887 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2888 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2889 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2890 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2891 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2892 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2893 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2894 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2895 when generating a final executable. */
2898 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2900 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2902 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2904 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2906 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2907 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2908 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2909 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2910 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2912 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2913 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2914 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2915 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2916 false, false) == NULL
))
2924 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2927 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2928 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2929 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2930 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2931 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2932 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2934 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2935 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2939 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2941 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2942 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2943 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2945 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2946 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2947 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2949 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2951 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2952 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2953 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2954 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2957 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2959 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2960 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2961 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2966 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2967 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2969 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2970 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2971 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2972 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2975 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
);
2977 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2978 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2979 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2980 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2981 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2982 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2983 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2984 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2985 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2986 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2987 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2988 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2989 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2990 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2991 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2992 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2993 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2995 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2999 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
3000 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
3003 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3004 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
3005 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3006 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3008 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
3009 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
3010 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
3011 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
3013 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3014 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
3015 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
3016 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3017 + sec
->output_offset
3018 + output_section
->vma
);
3020 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3024 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
3026 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3027 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3029 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
3031 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3032 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3033 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
3034 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
3035 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3037 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3040 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
3041 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
3042 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
3043 + sec
->output_offset
3044 + output_section
->vma
);
3046 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3051 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3052 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3055 einfo
->failed
= true;
3062 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3065 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3067 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3068 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3070 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3073 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3075 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3078 static inline hashval_t
3079 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3082 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3089 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3091 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3093 return (entry
->symndx
3094 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3095 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3096 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3097 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3098 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3099 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3103 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3105 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3106 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3108 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3109 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3110 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? true
3111 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3112 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3113 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3114 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3118 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3120 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3122 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3123 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3124 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3125 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3126 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3130 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3132 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3134 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3135 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3136 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3137 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3138 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3139 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3140 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3144 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3146 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3148 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3149 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3153 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3155 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3157 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3158 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3159 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3162 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3164 static struct mips_got_info
*
3165 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3167 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3169 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3173 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3174 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3175 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3178 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3179 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3180 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3186 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3187 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3189 static struct mips_got_info
*
3190 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bool create_p
)
3192 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3194 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3197 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3198 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3199 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3203 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3206 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3208 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3210 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3211 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3214 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3215 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3216 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3217 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3218 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3219 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3224 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3225 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3226 if creation fails. */
3229 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bool create_p
)
3235 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3236 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3237 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3238 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3240 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3245 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3248 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (sreloc
,
3249 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3255 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3258 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3260 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3263 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3266 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3269 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3272 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3275 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3292 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3293 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3297 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3298 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3301 bool need_relocs
= false;
3302 bool dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3306 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3307 && (bfd_link_dll (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3310 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3312 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3313 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3322 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3328 return bfd_link_dll (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3335 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3339 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3340 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3341 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3343 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3345 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3346 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3348 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3350 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3351 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3353 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3356 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3359 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3361 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3366 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3368 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3370 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3371 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3373 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3375 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3376 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3378 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3381 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3382 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3384 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3387 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3390 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3391 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3392 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3395 bool dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3396 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3398 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3399 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3400 bool need_relocs
= false;
3402 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3406 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3410 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3411 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), &h
->root
)
3412 && (bfd_link_dll (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3413 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3415 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3418 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3420 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3421 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3424 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3425 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3426 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3427 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3428 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3430 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3431 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, false);
3432 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3434 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3437 /* General Dynamic. */
3438 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3442 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3443 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3444 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3445 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3448 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3449 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3450 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3451 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3453 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3454 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3458 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3459 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3460 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3461 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3466 /* Initial Exec model. */
3470 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3471 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3473 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3474 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3476 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3477 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3478 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3479 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3482 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3483 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3487 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3488 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3489 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3490 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3491 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3493 if (!bfd_link_dll (info
))
3494 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3495 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3497 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3498 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3499 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3500 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3507 entry
->tls_initialized
= true;
3510 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3511 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3512 will be negative. */
3515 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3516 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3518 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3519 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3521 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3522 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3524 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3525 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3527 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3528 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3529 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
3530 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3531 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3533 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3534 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3535 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3536 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3538 return got_address
- got_value
;
3541 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3542 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3543 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3544 offset can be found. */
3547 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3548 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3549 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3551 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3552 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3554 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3555 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3557 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3558 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3562 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3563 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3564 return entry
->gotidx
;
3567 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3570 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3573 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3574 long global_got_dynindx
;
3575 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3578 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3579 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3581 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3582 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3583 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3585 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3586 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3587 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3589 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3590 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, false);
3591 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3592 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3593 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3598 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3599 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3602 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3603 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3605 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3606 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3607 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3610 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3611 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3613 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, false);
3616 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3617 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, false))
3618 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3622 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3623 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3626 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3627 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3629 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3631 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3633 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3634 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3635 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3636 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3637 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3638 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3640 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3645 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3646 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3647 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3648 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3649 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3652 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3653 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3655 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3656 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3658 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3659 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3660 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3665 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3668 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3673 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3674 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3675 symbol that binds locally. */
3678 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3679 bfd_vma value
, bool external
)
3681 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3683 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3684 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3685 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3686 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3688 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3690 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3691 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3692 same in all cases. */
3693 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3694 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3696 return entry
->gotidx
;
3701 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3705 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3706 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3708 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3712 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3713 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3715 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3716 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3717 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3719 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3722 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3723 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3724 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3727 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3728 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3729 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3730 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3731 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3734 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3736 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3737 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3740 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3741 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3743 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, false);
3746 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, false);
3747 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3750 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3752 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3754 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3755 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3758 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3761 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3765 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3766 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3774 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3777 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3778 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3785 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3786 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3790 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3794 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3796 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3798 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3799 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3803 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3807 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3808 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3809 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3810 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3811 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3813 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3818 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3820 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3821 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
3823 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3826 bfd_vma got_address
;
3828 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, false);
3829 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
3830 + htab
->root
.sgot
->output_offset
3833 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3834 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3835 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3836 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3837 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3843 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3844 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3845 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3846 the current linking stage. */
3848 static bfd_size_type
3849 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3851 bfd_size_type count
;
3854 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3855 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3858 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3860 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3861 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3862 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3863 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3864 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
3865 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3871 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3872 appear towards the end. */
3875 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3877 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3878 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3879 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3881 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3882 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3884 if (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
== 0)
3892 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3893 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3894 = (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3895 /* Add 1 to local symbol indices to account for the mandatory NULL entry
3896 at the head of the table; see `_bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms'. */
3897 hsd
.max_local_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3898 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
3899 hsd
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
3900 if (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
3901 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
3902 && info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
3904 asection
*s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->root
.dynobj
, ".MIPS.xhash");
3905 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3906 hsd
.mipsxhash
= s
->contents
;
3907 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.mipsxhash
!= NULL
);
3910 hsd
.mipsxhash
= NULL
;
3911 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
, &hsd
);
3913 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3914 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3915 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_local_dynindx
<= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1);
3916 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3917 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
== htab
->root
.dynsymcount
);
3918 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
== g
->global_gotno
);
3920 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3921 table index in the GOT. */
3922 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3927 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3928 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3932 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3934 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3936 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3938 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3941 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3944 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3945 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_local_dynindx
++;
3947 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3951 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3952 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3955 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3956 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3957 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3958 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3962 /* Populate the .MIPS.xhash translation table entry with
3963 the symbol dynindx. */
3964 if (h
->mipsxhash_loc
!= 0 && hsd
->mipsxhash
!= NULL
)
3965 bfd_put_32 (hsd
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.dynindx
,
3966 hsd
->mipsxhash
+ h
->mipsxhash_loc
);
3971 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3972 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3973 hash table directly). */
3976 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3977 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3979 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3980 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3981 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3982 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3984 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3985 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3987 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3991 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3992 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3995 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3999 lookup
->tls_initialized
= false;
4000 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
4005 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
4006 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, true);
4010 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
4019 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
4020 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
4021 using the GOT entry for calls. */
4024 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4025 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4026 bool for_call
, int r_type
)
4028 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4029 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
4030 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4031 unsigned char tls_type
;
4033 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4034 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4036 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4038 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= false;
4040 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
4042 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
4044 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4048 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, true);
4051 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4055 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4056 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
4057 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4061 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4062 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
4063 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4066 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4067 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4070 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4071 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4073 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4074 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4075 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4077 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4078 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4081 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4084 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4085 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4086 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4087 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4090 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4091 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4095 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4096 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4097 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4099 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4100 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4101 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4102 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4104 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4105 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4107 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4108 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4113 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4117 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4118 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4120 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4121 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4125 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4128 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4136 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4137 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, true);
4141 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4151 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4154 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4158 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4160 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4161 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4163 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, false);
4164 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4166 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
4167 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4172 /* Make room for a null element. */
4173 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4176 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4180 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4181 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4182 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4183 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4186 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4188 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4189 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4191 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4192 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4193 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4195 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4198 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4199 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4205 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4209 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4210 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4211 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4212 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4215 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4217 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4218 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4221 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4222 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4223 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4224 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4225 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4226 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4228 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4235 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4236 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4238 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4239 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4242 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4250 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4252 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4261 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4266 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4269 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4271 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4274 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4277 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4278 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4280 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4281 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4282 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4283 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4286 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4288 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4292 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4293 seen the section. */
4294 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4297 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4305 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4307 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4308 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4309 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4311 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4312 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4313 a new singleton range. */
4315 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4317 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4321 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4322 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4323 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4331 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4332 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4334 /* Update the ranges. */
4335 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4336 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4337 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4339 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4341 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4342 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4343 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4346 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4349 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4350 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4351 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4353 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4354 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4360 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4361 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4362 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4363 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4366 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4368 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4369 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4370 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4374 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4375 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4376 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4378 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4380 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4382 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4384 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4387 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4389 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4390 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4391 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4394 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4395 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4399 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4401 /* Read in the symbol. */
4402 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->root
.sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4410 /* Get the associated input section. */
4411 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4418 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4419 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4420 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4421 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4422 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4426 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4427 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4428 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4429 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4431 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4432 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4435 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4437 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4445 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4446 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4447 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4448 that they require. */
4451 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4452 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4454 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4455 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4462 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4466 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4467 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4468 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4469 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4472 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4476 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4479 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4480 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4481 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4486 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4491 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4495 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4496 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4498 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4499 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4500 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4501 symbols later if appropriate. */
4502 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4505 /* Absolute symbols, if ever they need a GOT entry, cannot ever go
4506 to the local GOT, as they would be implicitly relocated by the
4507 base address by the dynamic loader. */
4508 if (bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
.root
))
4511 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4512 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4513 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4514 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4515 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4518 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4519 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4520 the local rather than global GOT. */
4521 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4527 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4528 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4529 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4530 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4531 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4534 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4536 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4537 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4538 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4540 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4541 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4543 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4545 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4546 local or global GOT. */
4547 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4548 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4549 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4550 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4551 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4552 else if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
4553 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4554 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4555 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4556 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4557 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4558 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4559 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4561 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4568 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4569 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4572 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4574 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4575 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4578 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4579 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4580 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4589 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4594 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4595 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4598 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4600 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4601 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4604 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4605 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4606 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4615 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4620 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4621 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4622 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4623 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4627 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4628 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4629 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4631 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4632 unsigned int estimate
;
4634 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4635 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4636 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4637 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4639 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4641 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4642 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4644 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4645 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4646 conservatively as well. */
4647 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4648 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4650 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4652 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4653 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4656 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4657 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4659 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4663 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4667 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4671 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4672 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4673 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4674 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4675 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4676 and then make make the new got current. */
4679 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4680 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4682 unsigned int estimate
;
4685 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4688 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4689 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4690 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4691 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4692 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4694 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4695 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4696 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4697 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4698 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4700 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4702 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4703 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4710 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4711 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4716 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4719 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4724 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4725 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4726 overflows anyway. */
4727 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4733 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4734 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4735 an index in a different GOT. */
4738 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4740 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4742 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4743 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4745 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4747 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4751 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4752 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4755 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4759 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4760 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4761 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4764 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4766 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4767 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4769 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4770 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4771 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4774 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4775 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4781 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4782 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4786 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4787 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4788 symbol to DATA->value. */
4791 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4793 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4794 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4796 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4797 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4798 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4799 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4800 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4801 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4805 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4806 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4807 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4808 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4811 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4813 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4814 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4816 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4817 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4818 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4819 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4820 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4822 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4827 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4829 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4830 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4831 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4832 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4833 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4839 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4840 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4841 lazy-binding stubs. */
4844 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4846 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4847 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4848 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4850 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4851 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4852 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4853 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4855 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4856 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4857 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4859 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= false;
4860 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4866 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4869 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4874 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, false);
4878 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4882 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4883 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4886 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4887 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4890 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4891 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4893 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4894 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4895 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4896 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4897 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4900 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4901 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4902 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4906 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4907 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4908 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4909 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4910 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4911 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4912 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4913 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4914 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4915 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4917 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4919 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4920 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4921 to be the primary GOT. */
4922 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4924 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, false);
4925 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4929 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4930 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4931 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4933 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4934 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4936 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4940 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4941 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4942 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4943 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4945 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4947 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4948 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4949 those that are actually referenced. */
4950 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4951 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4954 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4955 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4956 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4957 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4959 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4960 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4961 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4962 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4963 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4964 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4965 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4966 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4967 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4968 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4969 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4970 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4971 points back to the master GOT. */
4972 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4973 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4980 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4982 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4983 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4984 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4985 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4986 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4987 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4989 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4990 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4991 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4996 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4997 all non-TLS entries. */
4998 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
5000 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5001 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
5004 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
5006 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
5009 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
5010 lazy-binding stubs. */
5012 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
5016 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5019 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
5021 unsigned int save_assign
;
5023 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
5024 relocations they need. */
5025 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
5026 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
5028 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5030 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
5033 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
5034 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
5036 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5038 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
5039 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
5040 + g
->next
->global_gotno
5041 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
5042 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
5044 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
5046 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
5049 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
5056 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
5057 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
5059 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
5060 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
5061 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5062 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
5064 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5066 while (relocation
< relend
)
5068 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
5069 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5075 /* We didn't find it. */
5079 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5082 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5083 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5084 asection
**local_sections
)
5086 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5087 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5090 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5091 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5092 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5094 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5096 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5102 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5105 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5107 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5108 /* VALUE is negative. */
5109 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5114 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5115 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5119 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5121 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5123 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5124 /* The value is too big. */
5126 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5127 /* The value is too small. */
5134 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5137 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5139 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5142 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5145 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5148 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5155 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5158 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5161 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5168 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5171 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5172 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5175 register asection
*s
;
5177 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5179 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5182 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5184 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5187 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5193 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5196 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5199 register asection
*s
;
5200 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5201 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5202 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5204 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5205 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5207 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5208 if (htab
->root
.sgot
)
5211 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5212 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5214 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5215 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5216 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5218 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
5220 htab
->root
.sgot
= s
;
5222 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5223 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5224 are not creating a global offset table. */
5226 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5227 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5228 0, NULL
, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5231 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5234 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5235 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5236 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5238 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5239 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5242 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5243 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5244 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5246 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5247 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5248 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5251 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5254 htab
->root
.sgotplt
= s
;
5259 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5260 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5261 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5264 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5266 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5267 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5268 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5269 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5272 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5273 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5274 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5278 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5279 bool target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5281 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5282 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5283 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5284 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5285 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5286 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5293 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5294 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5295 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5296 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5297 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5298 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5299 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5303 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5310 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5313 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5314 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5315 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5318 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5319 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
5321 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5323 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
5328 /* Store the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5331 mips_elf_store_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5332 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5333 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma x
)
5335 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5336 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
5338 /* Put the value into the output. */
5340 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
5343 /* Try to patch a load from GOT instruction in CONTENTS pointed to by
5344 RELOCATION described by HOWTO, with a move of 0 to the load target
5345 register, returning TRUE if that is successful and FALSE otherwise.
5346 If DOIT is FALSE, then only determine it patching is possible and
5347 return status without actually changing CONTENTS.
5351 mips_elf_nullify_got_load (bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5352 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5353 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bool doit
)
5355 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5356 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5357 bool nullified
= true;
5360 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, false, location
);
5362 /* Obtain the current value. */
5363 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
5365 /* Note that in the unshuffled MIPS16 encoding RX is at bits [21:19]
5366 while RY is at bits [18:16] of the combined 32-bit instruction word. */
5367 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5368 && (((x
>> 22) & 0x3ff) == 0x3d3 /* LW */
5369 || ((x
>> 22) & 0x3ff) == 0x3c7)) /* LD */
5370 x
= (0x3cdU
<< 22) | (x
& (7 << 16)) << 3; /* LI */
5371 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5372 && ((x
>> 26) & 0x37) == 0x37) /* LW/LD */
5373 x
= (0xc << 26) | (x
& (0x1f << 21)); /* ADDIU */
5374 else if (((x
>> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x23 /* LW */
5375 || ((x
>> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x37) /* LD */
5376 x
= (0x9 << 26) | (x
& (0x1f << 16)); /* ADDIU */
5380 /* Put the value into the output. */
5381 if (doit
&& nullified
)
5382 mips_elf_store_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
, x
);
5384 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, false, location
);
5389 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5390 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5391 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5393 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5394 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5395 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5397 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5398 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5399 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5400 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5402 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5403 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5404 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5405 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5406 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5407 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5408 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5409 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5411 bool *cross_mode_jump_p
,
5414 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5416 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5419 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5420 shared object file being produced. */
5422 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5425 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5427 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5428 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5429 during execution. */
5430 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5431 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5433 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5434 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5435 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5437 bool local_p
, was_local_p
;
5438 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5440 bool section_p
= false;
5441 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5442 bool gp_disp_p
= false;
5443 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5444 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5445 bool gnu_local_gp_p
= false;
5446 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5448 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5450 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5451 relocation value. */
5453 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5454 bool target_is_16_bit_code_p
= false;
5455 bool target_is_micromips_code_p
= false;
5456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5458 bool resolved_to_zero
;
5460 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5461 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5462 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5464 /* Parse the relocation. */
5465 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5466 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5467 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5468 + input_section
->output_offset
5469 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5471 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5472 overflowed_p
= false;
5474 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5475 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5476 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5477 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5479 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5480 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5481 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5484 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5485 must come before globals. */
5489 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5492 bool micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5493 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5495 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5496 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5498 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5500 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5501 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5502 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5503 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5505 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5507 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5510 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5511 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5514 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5515 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5516 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5518 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5519 *namep
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
5521 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5522 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5523 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5525 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5526 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5528 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5529 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5530 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5532 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5533 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5535 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5538 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5539 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5544 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5546 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5547 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5548 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5549 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5550 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5551 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5552 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5554 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5555 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5557 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5558 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5559 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5560 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5562 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5563 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5564 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5565 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5569 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5570 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5571 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5572 gnu_local_gp_p
= true;
5575 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5576 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5577 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5579 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5580 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5581 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5583 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5584 if (sec
->output_section
)
5585 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5586 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5587 + sec
->output_offset
);
5589 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5591 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5592 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5593 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5594 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5597 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5598 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5600 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5601 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5603 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5604 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5605 in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5606 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5607 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5609 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5610 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5613 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5615 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5616 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5617 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5618 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5619 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5620 which is available from here:
5621 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5626 bool reject_undefined
5627 = ((info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_DIAGNOSE
5628 && !info
->warn_unresolved_syms
)
5629 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) != STV_DEFAULT
);
5631 info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
5632 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5633 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
, reject_undefined
);
5635 if (reject_undefined
)
5636 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5641 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5642 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5645 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5646 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5648 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5650 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5651 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5653 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5654 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5655 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5657 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5658 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5660 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5661 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5662 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5664 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5665 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5669 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5674 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5677 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5678 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5679 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5680 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5689 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5690 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5691 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= false;
5693 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5694 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5695 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5696 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5697 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5698 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5700 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5701 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5702 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5705 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5708 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5709 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5711 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5716 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5718 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_section_name (o
)))
5720 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5727 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5730 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5733 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5734 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5736 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5738 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5739 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5740 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5742 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5743 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5744 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5745 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5748 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5749 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5750 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5751 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5753 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5754 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5755 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5758 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5759 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5761 bool micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5763 sec
= htab
->root
.splt
;
5764 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5765 + sec
->output_offset
5766 + htab
->plt_header_size
5767 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5768 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5771 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5772 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5775 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5776 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5777 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5780 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5781 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5784 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5785 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5786 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5787 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5788 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5790 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5791 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5792 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5793 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5794 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5795 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5796 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5797 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5798 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5799 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5801 resolved_to_zero
= (h
!= NULL
5802 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->root
));
5806 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5807 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5810 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5811 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5812 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5813 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5814 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5815 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5816 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5817 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5818 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5819 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5820 if (resolved_to_zero
5821 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5822 && mips_elf_nullify_got_load (input_bfd
, contents
,
5823 relocation
, howto
, true))
5824 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5827 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5828 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5829 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5830 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5831 if (resolved_to_zero
5832 && htab
->use_absolute_zero
5833 && bfd_link_pic (info
))
5835 /* Redirect to the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. */
5836 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, "__gnu_absolute_zero",
5837 false, false, false);
5838 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
5843 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5845 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5846 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5848 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5853 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5854 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5855 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5856 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5858 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5859 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5863 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5864 to need it, get it now. */
5867 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5868 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5871 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5872 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5873 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5874 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5875 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5876 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5877 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5878 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5879 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5880 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5881 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5882 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5884 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5885 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5886 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5887 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5888 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5889 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5890 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5891 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5892 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5893 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5895 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5896 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5898 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5902 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5903 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5904 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5905 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5906 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5907 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5909 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5910 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5911 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5915 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5916 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5918 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5919 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5920 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5921 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5924 else if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
5925 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5926 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5930 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5931 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5933 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5936 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5937 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5941 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5942 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5943 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5945 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5949 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, false);
5950 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5952 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5953 + input_section
->output_offset
5954 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5955 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5956 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5957 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5959 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5960 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5962 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5963 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5966 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5969 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5973 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5976 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5977 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5978 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5979 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5985 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5986 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5988 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5989 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5990 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5991 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5993 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5994 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
5995 && !resolved_to_zero
))
5996 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5998 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5999 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
6000 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
6001 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
6002 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
6003 relocs or PLTs instead. */
6005 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
6013 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
6017 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6018 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6022 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6026 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6027 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6031 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
6032 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
6033 the output file that's different. That's handled in
6034 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
6035 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
6037 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
6041 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
6042 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
6044 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
6045 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
6050 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
6051 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
6053 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6054 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6055 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6056 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
6057 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6060 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6061 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
6062 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6066 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6067 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6068 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6069 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
6073 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6074 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
6075 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
6076 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6077 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6078 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6081 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6082 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6083 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6084 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
6088 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6089 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
6090 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
6091 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6092 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6093 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6098 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
6101 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
6102 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6106 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
6107 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
6108 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
6112 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
6113 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
6114 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
6115 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
6116 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
6117 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
6118 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
6119 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
6120 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
6121 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
6122 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
6124 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
6130 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
6131 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
6133 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6136 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
6137 for this conditional. */
6138 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
6139 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
6140 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
6141 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
6142 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
6144 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
6145 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
6146 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
6147 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
6148 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
6151 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
6152 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
6155 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
6156 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
6157 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
6158 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
6159 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
6160 not check for overflow here. */
6164 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6165 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
6166 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
6167 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
6168 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
6173 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
6174 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
6175 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
6176 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
6177 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
6178 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6179 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
6180 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
6181 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
6182 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
6183 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
6184 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6185 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6186 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
6187 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
6188 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
6189 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
6190 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
6194 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6195 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6198 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
6199 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
6202 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
6203 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6204 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6205 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6206 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6208 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6209 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6210 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6211 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6213 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6214 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6221 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6222 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6223 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6224 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6225 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6226 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6227 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6228 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6229 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6230 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6232 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6235 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6236 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6238 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6242 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6243 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6244 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6246 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6247 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6248 will never trigger for them. */
6249 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6250 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6251 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6252 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6254 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6255 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6256 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6257 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6258 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6261 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6262 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6263 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6265 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6266 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6267 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6268 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6269 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6271 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6272 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6273 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6274 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6275 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6278 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6279 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6280 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6282 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6283 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6285 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6286 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6287 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6288 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6289 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6292 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6293 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6294 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6296 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6297 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6299 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6300 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6301 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6302 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6303 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6306 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6307 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6308 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6310 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6311 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6313 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6314 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6315 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6316 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6317 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6320 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6321 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6322 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6324 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6325 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6327 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6328 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6329 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6330 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6331 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6335 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6336 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6340 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6341 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6342 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6343 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6346 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6347 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6348 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6350 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6351 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6352 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6353 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6354 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6356 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6357 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6358 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6359 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6360 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6363 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6364 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6365 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6367 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6368 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6369 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6370 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6371 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6373 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6374 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6375 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6376 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6377 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6380 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6381 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6382 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6384 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6385 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6386 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6387 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6388 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6390 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6391 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6392 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6393 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6394 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6397 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6398 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6399 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6400 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6401 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6402 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6403 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6404 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6407 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6408 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6409 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6410 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6411 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6412 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6413 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6415 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6416 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6419 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6420 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6421 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6422 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6423 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6426 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6427 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6428 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6429 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6430 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6431 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6432 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6435 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6436 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6438 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6441 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6445 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6446 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6447 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6451 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6452 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6453 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6456 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6457 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6458 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6459 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6462 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6463 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6464 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6465 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6469 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6470 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6471 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6472 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6473 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6474 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6475 /* We can't optimize cross-mode jumps either. */
6476 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
)
6477 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6478 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6479 /* Neither we can non-instruction-aligned targets. */
6480 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
? (value
& 3) != 0 : (value
& 1) == 0)
6481 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6485 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6486 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6487 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6488 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6491 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6492 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6495 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6497 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6500 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6501 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6502 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6504 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6505 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6507 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6510 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6511 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6512 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6513 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6514 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6515 bool cross_mode_jump_p
)
6519 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6521 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6522 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6524 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, false, location
);
6526 /* Obtain the current value. */
6527 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6529 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6530 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6532 /* Set the field. */
6533 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6535 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6536 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6538 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6540 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6541 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6544 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6545 (_("%X%H: unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6546 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6550 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6553 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6554 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6556 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6557 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6559 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6562 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6564 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6569 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6573 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6574 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6577 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6578 (_("%X%H: unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6579 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6580 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6584 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6585 x
= (x
& ~(0x3fu
<< 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6587 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6590 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6591 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6592 bfd_vma sign_bit
= 0;
6596 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6598 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6603 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6605 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6611 if (ok
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
6613 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6614 + input_section
->output_offset
6615 + relocation
->r_offset
6618 + (((value
& ((sign_bit
<< 1) - 1)) ^ sign_bit
) - sign_bit
));
6620 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6622 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6623 (_("%X%H: cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6624 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6625 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6629 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6630 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6632 else if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
)
6634 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6635 (_("%X%H: unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6636 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6641 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6643 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6644 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6645 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6646 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6647 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6648 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6649 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6650 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6651 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6652 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6653 && (x
& ~1) == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6659 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6660 + input_section
->output_offset
6661 + relocation
->r_offset
6663 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6664 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6668 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6670 if ((x
& ~1) == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6671 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6673 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6677 /* Put the value into the output. */
6678 mips_elf_store_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
, x
);
6680 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6686 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6687 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6688 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6689 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6692 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6693 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6694 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6696 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6697 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6699 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6705 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6707 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6708 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6710 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6711 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6712 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, false);
6713 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6714 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6715 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6718 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6719 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6720 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6722 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6723 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6724 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6725 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6728 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6729 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6732 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6734 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6735 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6736 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6741 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6742 in the relocation. */
6743 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6745 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
6746 || h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6747 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6748 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6749 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6751 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6752 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6753 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6754 undefined symbols. */
6759 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6761 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6763 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6768 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6771 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6772 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6778 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6779 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6780 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6781 local symbols because we used to generate them
6782 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6783 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6784 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6785 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6786 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6787 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6789 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6790 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6791 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6792 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6793 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6798 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6799 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6800 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6801 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6802 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6805 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
6806 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6807 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6809 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6810 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6811 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6814 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6815 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6816 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6817 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6818 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6819 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6820 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6821 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6822 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6823 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6824 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6825 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6826 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6827 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6830 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6832 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6833 correct location in the output file. */
6834 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6835 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6836 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6837 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6838 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6839 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6841 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6842 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6843 relocation format is non-standard. */
6844 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6846 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6847 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6849 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6851 else if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
6853 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6854 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6855 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6856 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6858 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6861 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6862 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6863 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6865 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6866 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6868 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6869 will be writing to it. */
6870 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6873 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6874 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6876 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6881 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6883 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6884 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6885 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6886 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6887 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6888 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6890 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6891 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6892 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6894 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6895 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6896 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6897 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6898 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6899 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6900 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6904 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6905 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6907 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6908 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6913 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6916 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6918 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6920 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6921 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6923 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6924 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6926 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6927 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6929 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6930 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6932 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6933 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6935 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6936 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6938 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6939 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6941 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6942 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6944 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6945 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6947 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6948 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6950 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6951 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6953 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6954 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6956 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6957 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6959 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS464
:
6960 return bfd_mach_mips_gs464
;
6962 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS464E
:
6963 return bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
;
6965 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS264E
:
6966 return bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
;
6968 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6969 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6971 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6972 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6974 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6975 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6977 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6978 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6980 case E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
:
6981 return bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
;
6984 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6988 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6991 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6994 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6997 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
7000 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
7002 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
7003 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
7005 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
7006 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
7008 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
7009 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
7011 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
7012 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
7014 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
7015 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
7017 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
7018 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
7025 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
7027 static inline char *
7028 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
7032 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
7033 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
7036 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
7038 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
7042 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
7044 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
7046 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
7048 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
7051 return "unknown abi";
7055 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
7056 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
7057 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
7058 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
7059 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
7060 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
7061 static const asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
=
7062 GLOBAL_SYM_INIT (".scommon", &mips_elf_scom_section
);
7063 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
=
7064 BFD_FAKE_SECTION (mips_elf_scom_section
, &mips_elf_scom_symbol
,
7065 ".scommon", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
);
7067 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
7068 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
7069 definition in a shared library. */
7070 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
7071 static const asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
=
7072 GLOBAL_SYM_INIT (".acommon", &mips_elf_acom_section
);
7073 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
=
7074 BFD_FAKE_SECTION (mips_elf_acom_section
, &mips_elf_acom_symbol
,
7075 ".acommon", 0, SEC_ALLOC
);
7077 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7080 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
7082 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
7084 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
7085 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
7086 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
7088 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7089 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
7090 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
7091 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
7092 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
7093 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
7094 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7098 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7099 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
7100 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7101 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
7102 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7105 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7106 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7107 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
7110 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7111 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7116 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
7118 if (section
!= NULL
)
7120 asym
->section
= section
;
7121 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
7122 to the base of the .text section. So subtract the section
7123 base address to make it an offset. */
7124 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
7131 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
7133 if (section
!= NULL
)
7135 asym
->section
= section
;
7136 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
7137 to the base of the .data section. So subtract the section
7138 base address to make it an offset. */
7139 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
7145 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
7146 or microMIPS one. */
7147 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
7148 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
7151 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
7152 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7153 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7155 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7156 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7160 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
7161 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
7163 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
7164 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
7165 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
7166 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
7167 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
7169 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
7170 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
7171 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
7172 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
7174 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
7175 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
7176 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7177 We therefore take the following approach:
7179 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7180 determine the pointer size.
7182 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7183 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7187 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7188 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7189 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7190 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7191 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7193 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7194 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7198 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*sec
)
7200 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7202 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7204 bool long32_p
, long64_p
;
7206 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7207 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7208 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7215 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7216 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7217 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7226 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7227 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7228 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7230 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7231 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7234 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7235 will jump there rather than to .text.
7237 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7238 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7241 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7243 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_REL
&& SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7246 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7247 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7248 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7252 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7254 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7255 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7259 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7261 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7264 (_("%pB: incorrect `.reginfo' section size; "
7265 "expected %" PRIu64
", got %" PRIu64
),
7266 abfd
, (uint64_t) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
),
7267 (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
7268 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7273 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7276 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7277 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7281 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7282 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7283 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7284 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7286 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7288 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7289 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7290 so that we don't have to read them again.
7291 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7292 through the section contents to see if there is an
7293 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7295 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7297 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7298 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7300 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7302 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7304 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7307 /* xgettext:c-format */
7308 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7310 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7313 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7320 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7321 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7324 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7325 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7328 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7335 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7336 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7339 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7340 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7347 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7349 const char *name
= bfd_section_name (hdr
->bfd_section
);
7351 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7352 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7353 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7354 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7355 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7356 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7357 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7358 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7359 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7360 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7361 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7362 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7363 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7364 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7366 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7368 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7370 unsigned int adjust
;
7372 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7374 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7382 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7383 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7384 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI. */
7387 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7388 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7394 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7395 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7396 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7397 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7398 probably get away with this. */
7399 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7401 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7402 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7406 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7409 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7410 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7413 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7414 if (! startswith (name
, ".gptab."))
7417 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7418 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7421 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7422 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7424 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7426 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7427 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7428 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7430 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7432 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7433 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7436 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7437 if (! startswith (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7440 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7441 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7444 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7445 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7447 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7449 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7450 if (! startswith (name
, ".debug_")
7451 && ! startswith (name
, ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_")
7452 && ! startswith (name
, ".zdebug_")
7453 && ! startswith (name
, ".gnu.debuglto_.zdebug_"))
7456 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7457 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7460 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7461 if (! startswith (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7462 && ! startswith (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7465 case SHT_MIPS_XHASH
:
7466 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.xhash") != 0)
7472 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7475 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
)
7476 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
7480 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (hdr
->bfd_section
,
7481 (bfd_section_flags (hdr
->bfd_section
)
7486 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7488 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7490 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7491 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7493 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7494 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7495 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7497 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= true;
7500 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7502 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7503 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7504 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7505 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7506 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7508 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7511 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7512 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7514 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7515 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7518 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7519 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7520 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7521 they should agree. */
7522 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7524 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7526 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, &contents
))
7532 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7533 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7535 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7537 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7539 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7543 /* xgettext:c-format */
7544 (_("%pB: warning: truncated `%s' option"),
7545 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
7548 if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7550 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
7552 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7553 size_t needed
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7554 + sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
));
7555 if (intopt
.size
< needed
|| (size_t) (lend
- l
) < needed
)
7557 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7559 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7560 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7562 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7566 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7567 size_t needed
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7568 + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7569 if (intopt
.size
< needed
|| (size_t) (lend
- l
) < needed
)
7571 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7573 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7574 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7576 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7587 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7588 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7589 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7592 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7594 const char *name
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
7596 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7598 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7599 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7600 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7602 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7603 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7604 else if (startswith (name
, ".gptab."))
7606 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7607 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7608 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7610 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7611 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7612 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7614 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7615 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7616 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7617 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7618 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7620 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7622 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7624 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7625 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7626 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7627 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7629 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7630 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7632 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7635 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7637 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7638 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7639 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7640 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7642 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7643 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7645 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7646 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7649 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7650 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7651 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7652 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7653 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7654 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7655 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7656 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7658 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7659 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7661 else if (startswith (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7663 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7664 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7665 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7667 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7669 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7670 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7671 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7673 else if (startswith (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7675 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7676 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7678 else if (startswith (name
, ".debug_")
7679 || startswith (name
, ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_")
7680 || startswith (name
, ".zdebug_")
7681 || startswith (name
, ".gnu.debuglto_.zdebug_"))
7683 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7685 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7686 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7687 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7688 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && startswith (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7689 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7691 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7693 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7694 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7695 final_write_processing. */
7697 else if (startswith (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7698 || startswith (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7700 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7701 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7702 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7704 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7706 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7707 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7708 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7710 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.xhash") == 0)
7712 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_XHASH
;
7713 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7714 hdr
->sh_entsize
= get_elf_backend_data(abfd
)->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
7717 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7718 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7719 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7720 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7721 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7726 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7727 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7728 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7729 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7730 the .scommon section. */
7733 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7734 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7736 if (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7738 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7741 if (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7743 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7749 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7750 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7753 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7754 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7755 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7756 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7758 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7759 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7760 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7762 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7767 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7768 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7769 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7770 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7771 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7772 is not done for them. */
7774 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7775 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7781 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7784 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7785 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7786 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7787 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7788 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7791 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7792 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7793 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
7794 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7798 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7799 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7801 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7802 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7803 size_t amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7805 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7806 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7809 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7810 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7811 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7814 /* Initialize the section. */
7816 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7817 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7819 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7820 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7822 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7823 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7824 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7825 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7826 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7827 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7828 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7830 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7831 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7832 so I took it out. */
7833 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7836 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7837 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7839 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7840 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7842 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7843 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7844 size_t amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7846 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7847 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7850 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7851 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7852 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7855 /* Initialize the section. */
7857 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7858 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7860 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7861 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7863 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7864 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7865 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7866 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7867 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7868 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7869 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7871 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7872 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7873 so I took it out. */
7874 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7877 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7878 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7882 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7883 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7884 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7885 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7887 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7888 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7890 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7892 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7893 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, false,
7894 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7897 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7900 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7902 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7905 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= true;
7906 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7909 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7910 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7911 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7912 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7918 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7919 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7920 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7923 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7924 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7925 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7926 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7928 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7929 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7930 common in the output file. */
7931 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7932 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7933 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7935 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7936 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7941 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7943 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7946 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7948 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7949 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7951 register asection
*s
;
7952 const char * const *namep
;
7953 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7955 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7956 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7958 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7959 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7961 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7963 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
7965 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7968 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
))
7973 /* We need to create .got section. */
7974 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7977 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, true))
7980 /* Create .stub section. */
7981 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7982 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7985 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7989 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7990 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7991 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7993 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7994 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7996 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
8000 /* Create .MIPS.xhash section. */
8001 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
8002 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".MIPS.xhash",
8003 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
8005 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
8006 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
8007 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
8008 the linker takes such action. */
8009 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
8011 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
8014 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8015 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
8016 NULL
, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8019 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8023 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
8025 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8029 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
8030 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8032 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
8036 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
8037 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
8039 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8041 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
8043 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8045 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
8047 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8050 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
8052 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8054 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
8056 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8059 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
8063 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
8065 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8066 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
8067 NULL
, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8070 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8073 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
8075 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8078 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
8080 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
8081 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
8082 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
8083 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
8084 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
8085 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8087 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
8089 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8090 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, false,
8091 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8094 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8097 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
8099 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8101 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
8105 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
8106 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
8107 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
8110 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
8111 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
8112 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
8118 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
8119 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
8120 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
8123 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8124 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
8125 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8127 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
8128 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8130 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
8131 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
8132 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
8133 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
8135 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8136 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
8137 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
8140 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
8141 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
8142 of the section that REL is against. */
8145 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8146 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
8149 unsigned int r_type
;
8153 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8154 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8156 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
8157 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, false, location
);
8158 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
8159 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, false, location
);
8161 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
8163 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
8165 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
8171 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
8172 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
8173 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
8174 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
8175 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
8178 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
8179 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8180 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
8181 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
8183 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
8184 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
8185 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
8188 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8189 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8190 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
8191 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
8192 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
8193 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
8194 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
8196 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
8198 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8199 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8200 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8203 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8205 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8206 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8207 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8208 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8209 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8210 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8212 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8213 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8214 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8215 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8216 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8219 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8220 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, false);
8221 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8223 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8224 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8231 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8232 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8233 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8236 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8241 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8242 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8244 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8248 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8251 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8253 static struct plt_entry
*
8254 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8256 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8258 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8262 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8263 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8264 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8265 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8269 /* Define the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. We only need this
8270 for PIC code, as otherwise there is no load-time relocation involved
8271 and local GOT entries whose value is zero at static link time will
8272 retain their value at load time. */
8275 mips_elf_define_absolute_zero (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8276 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
,
8277 unsigned int r_type
)
8281 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8282 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
8286 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->use_absolute_zero
);
8287 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_pic (info
));
8290 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, "__gnu_absolute_zero",
8291 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
8292 NULL
, false, false, &hzero
.bh
))
8295 BFD_ASSERT (hzero
.bh
!= NULL
);
8297 hzero
.eh
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
8298 hzero
.eh
->other
= STV_PROTECTED
;
8299 hzero
.eh
->def_regular
= 1;
8300 hzero
.eh
->non_elf
= 0;
8302 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (hzero
.eh
, abfd
, info
, true, r_type
))
8305 htab
->use_absolute_zero
= true;
8310 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8311 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8312 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8315 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8316 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8321 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8323 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8324 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8326 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8327 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8330 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8332 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8335 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8336 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8338 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8339 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8340 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8341 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8343 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8344 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8346 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8348 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
8349 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8351 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8353 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8356 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8360 /* xgettext:c-format */
8361 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8362 " stub section `%s'"),
8364 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8368 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8369 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8373 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8374 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8375 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8376 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8378 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8379 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8381 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8382 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8383 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8384 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8388 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8390 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8393 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8394 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8395 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8396 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8399 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8408 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8409 not need it. Since this function is called before
8410 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8411 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8413 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8417 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8419 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8421 unsigned long symcount
;
8425 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8426 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8428 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8429 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8430 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8433 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8436 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8437 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8439 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8440 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8441 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8442 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8446 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8448 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8449 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8451 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8452 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8453 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8455 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8457 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8458 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8459 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8460 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8461 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8462 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8464 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8468 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8470 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= true;
8473 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8475 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8476 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8479 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8482 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8486 /* xgettext:c-format */
8487 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8488 " stub section `%s'"),
8490 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8494 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8495 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8499 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8500 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8501 that refers to this symbol. */
8502 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8504 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8505 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8507 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8508 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8509 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8510 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8514 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8516 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8519 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8520 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8521 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8522 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8525 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8534 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8535 not need it. Since this function is called before
8536 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8537 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8539 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8543 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8545 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8547 unsigned long symcount
;
8551 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8552 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8554 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8555 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8556 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8559 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8562 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8563 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8565 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8566 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8567 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8568 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8572 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8573 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8575 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8577 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8578 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8580 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8582 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8583 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8584 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8585 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8586 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8589 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8593 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8595 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= true;
8601 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8603 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8604 unsigned int r_type
;
8605 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8606 bool can_make_dynamic_p
;
8608 bool constrain_symbol_p
;
8610 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8611 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8613 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8615 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8618 /* xgettext:c-format */
8619 (_("%pB: malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8621 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8626 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8629 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8630 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8631 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8635 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8636 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8637 can_make_dynamic_p
= false;
8639 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8640 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8641 call_reloc_p
= false;
8643 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8644 into account when deciding how to define the symbol. */
8645 constrain_symbol_p
= true;
8650 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8651 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8652 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8653 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8654 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8655 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8656 call_reloc_p
= true;
8660 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8661 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8662 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8663 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8664 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8665 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8666 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8667 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8668 /* If we have a symbol that will resolve to zero at static link
8669 time and it is used by a GOT relocation applied to code we
8670 cannot relax to an immediate zero load, then we will be using
8671 the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol whose value is zero
8672 at dynamic load time. We ignore HI16-type GOT relocations at
8673 this stage, because their handling will depend entirely on
8674 the corresponding LO16-type GOT relocation. */
8675 if (!call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8677 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
8678 && !htab
->use_absolute_zero
8679 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
8683 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8686 rel_reloc
= mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
);
8687 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
8689 if (!mips_elf_nullify_got_load (abfd
, contents
, rel
, howto
,
8691 if (!mips_elf_define_absolute_zero (abfd
, info
, htab
, r_type
))
8696 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8697 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8698 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8700 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8701 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8702 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8703 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8704 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8705 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8706 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8707 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8708 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8710 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8711 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8713 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
8714 && !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8717 /* xgettext:c-format */
8718 (_("%pB: GOT reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not expected in executables"),
8719 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8720 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8723 can_make_dynamic_p
= true;
8728 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8729 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8730 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8731 constrain_symbol_p
= false;
8734 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8735 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8736 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8737 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8738 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8739 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8740 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8741 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8742 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8743 constrain_symbol_p
= false;
8749 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8750 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8751 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8753 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8754 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8755 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8756 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8757 against a read-only section. */
8758 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8760 && htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
8761 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8762 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8763 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8764 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8765 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8767 can_make_dynamic_p
= true;
8769 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8775 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8776 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8778 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8779 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8780 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8781 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8782 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8783 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8784 call_reloc_p
= true;
8790 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8792 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8793 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8796 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8798 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8799 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8800 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8801 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8802 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
8803 && (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8804 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= true;
8807 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8808 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8809 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8810 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8814 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, true);
8818 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8819 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8820 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8821 relocations against the text segment. */
8822 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8825 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8826 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8827 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8828 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8829 && htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
))
8831 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8832 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8833 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8834 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8835 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8836 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8837 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8838 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8839 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8840 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8845 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8846 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8847 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= true;
8852 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8853 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8857 /* xgettext:c-format */
8858 (_("%pB: CALL16 reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not against global symbol"),
8859 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8860 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8865 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8866 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8867 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8868 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8871 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8872 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8873 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8874 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, true,
8878 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8879 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8880 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8886 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8887 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8888 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8890 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8891 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8892 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8893 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8894 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8895 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8897 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8898 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8899 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8901 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8903 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8905 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, false);
8906 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8908 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8909 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8912 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8915 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8916 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8922 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8923 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8925 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8926 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8927 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8928 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8932 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8933 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8936 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8937 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8938 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8943 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8944 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8945 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8946 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8947 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8950 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8951 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8952 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8953 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8955 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8961 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8962 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8963 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8964 for TLS GD relocations. */
8967 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8973 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8983 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8984 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8985 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8986 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8990 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, true);
8994 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8996 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8997 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8998 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8999 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9000 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
9001 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
9002 relocations against the text segment. */
9003 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9007 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9009 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
9010 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
9011 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
9012 it will be left as zero.
9014 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
9015 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
9017 For an executable, we only need to copy this
9018 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
9020 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9021 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9022 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
9023 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
9024 are relocations against the text segment. */
9025 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= true;
9029 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9030 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
9031 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
9035 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
9036 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
9037 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
9038 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9039 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
9040 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
9041 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
9042 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9043 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
9044 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
9047 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
9048 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
9049 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9050 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
9054 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
9055 used. Record for later use during GC. */
9056 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9057 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
9065 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
9066 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
9067 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
9068 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
9069 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
9070 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
9073 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
9074 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
9075 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
9076 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9078 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9079 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
9080 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9083 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
9084 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= true;
9086 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= true;
9089 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
9090 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
9091 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
9092 when processing the stub's relocations. */
9094 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
9095 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
9097 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
9099 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9100 mh
->need_fn_stub
= true;
9103 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
9104 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
9105 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
9106 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
9107 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
9108 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9112 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9113 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9114 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9115 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9117 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9118 /* These are okay in PIE, but not in a shared library. */
9119 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
9127 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
9128 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
9129 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
9130 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
9131 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
9132 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
9133 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9136 /* Likewise an absolute symbol. */
9137 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
))
9140 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
9141 and has a special meaning. */
9142 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
9143 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
9146 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
9147 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
9154 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9155 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, NEWABI_P (abfd
));
9156 /* An error for unsupported relocations is raised as part
9157 of the above search, so we can skip the following. */
9159 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9160 /* xgettext:c-format */
9161 (_("%X%H: relocation %s against `%s' cannot be used"
9162 " when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC\n"),
9163 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
,
9164 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
9175 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9178 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9180 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
9182 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9183 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9185 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9186 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9188 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9189 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9191 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9192 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9193 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9196 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9197 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9198 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9201 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9202 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9203 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9204 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9205 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
9206 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
9207 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9208 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9210 bool do_copy
= true;
9212 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9214 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols that
9215 we are not going to export. */
9216 if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9219 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9221 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
9223 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
9230 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9231 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9232 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9233 relocations against it.
9235 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9236 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9238 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
9240 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
9241 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
9242 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= false;
9245 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9246 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
9247 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9248 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9249 against the text segment. */
9250 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9257 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9258 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9259 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9260 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9264 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9265 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9268 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9269 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9272 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9273 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9275 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9276 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9278 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9281 && ! h
->is_weakalias
9282 && (! h
->def_dynamic
9284 || h
->def_regular
)))
9286 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9287 _bfd_error_handler (_("IFUNC symbol %s in dynamic symbol table - IFUNCS are not supported"),
9288 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9290 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic symbol %s in dynamic symbol table"),
9291 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9295 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9297 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9298 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9299 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9300 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9301 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9303 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9304 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9305 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
9307 && !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9309 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9312 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9313 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9314 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9315 executable and the shared library. */
9317 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
))
9319 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= true;
9320 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9324 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9325 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9327 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9328 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9329 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9330 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9331 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9332 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9333 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9334 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9335 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9336 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9337 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9338 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9339 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9341 bool micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9342 bool newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9344 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9345 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9346 for PLT offset calculations. */
9347 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9349 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9350 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9352 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9353 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9354 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9355 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9356 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
9357 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->root
.splt
, 5))
9360 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9361 for the same reason as above. */
9362 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->root
.sgotplt
,
9363 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9366 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9368 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
9370 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9371 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9373 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9374 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9375 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9376 && !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9377 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9379 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9380 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9381 && bfd_link_pic (info
))
9382 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9383 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9384 else if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9385 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9386 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9388 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9389 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9390 else if (!micromips_p
)
9392 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9393 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9394 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9395 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9397 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9399 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9400 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9401 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9402 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9406 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9407 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9408 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9409 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9413 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9414 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9415 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9418 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9419 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9421 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9422 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9423 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9424 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9427 || htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9429 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9431 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= true;
9432 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= false;
9435 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9436 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9437 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9438 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9439 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9440 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9441 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9444 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= true;
9446 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= true;
9449 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9451 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9452 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9454 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9456 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9457 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9460 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9461 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9463 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9464 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9465 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9466 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= true;
9468 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9469 htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9470 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9471 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9473 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9474 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9475 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9477 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9478 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9479 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9484 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9485 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9486 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9487 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
9489 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
9490 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
9491 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9492 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9496 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9497 in regular objects. */
9501 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9502 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9503 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9506 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9507 some that we can't convert. */
9508 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9510 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9511 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9512 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9513 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9517 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9518 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9519 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9520 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9521 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9522 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9523 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9524 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9525 same memory location for the variable. */
9527 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9529 s
= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
;
9530 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
9534 s
= htab
->root
.sdynbss
;
9535 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
9537 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9539 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9540 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9542 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9546 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9547 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9548 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9550 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
9553 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9554 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9555 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9558 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9559 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9562 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9563 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9565 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9566 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9568 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9569 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9572 bfd_set_section_size (sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9573 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9576 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9577 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9580 bfd_set_section_size (sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9581 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9585 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9587 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9588 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9595 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9598 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9602 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9603 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9604 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9606 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9607 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9609 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9610 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9612 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
9616 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9619 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9620 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9621 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9622 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9623 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9625 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9626 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9627 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9629 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9630 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9631 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9633 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9636 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9637 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9639 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9641 asection
*subsection
;
9643 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9645 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9647 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9649 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9650 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9654 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9655 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9656 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9657 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9660 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9661 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9662 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9664 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9666 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9667 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9669 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9670 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9672 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9673 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9674 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9676 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9677 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9679 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
9680 && s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9682 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9687 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9688 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9689 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9690 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, false))
9691 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9692 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9694 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9695 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9698 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9699 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9702 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9703 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9705 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9706 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9707 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9709 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9711 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9717 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9720 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9722 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9723 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9725 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9726 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9728 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9731 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9732 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9733 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9735 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9736 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9737 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9739 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9740 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9742 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9743 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9744 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9745 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9746 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9747 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9748 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9749 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9750 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9751 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9752 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9753 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9754 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9756 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9757 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9758 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9760 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9763 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9764 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9765 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9768 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9770 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9771 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9772 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9776 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9777 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9778 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9780 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9782 bool micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9783 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9784 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9786 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9787 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9788 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9789 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9794 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9795 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9796 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9797 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9798 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9803 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9804 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9807 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9809 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9810 bool micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9811 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9812 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9813 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9814 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9815 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9818 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9819 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9821 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9824 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9826 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9828 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9831 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9832 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9833 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9835 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9836 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9837 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9840 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9847 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9848 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9849 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9850 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9853 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9855 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9856 bool micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9857 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9862 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9863 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9865 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9867 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9868 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9869 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9871 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9872 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9875 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9881 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9882 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9885 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9886 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9888 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9891 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->root
.splt
;
9892 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9893 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9899 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9902 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9903 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9906 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9908 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9910 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9911 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9912 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9913 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9915 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9917 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9918 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9920 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9921 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9923 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9925 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9928 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9929 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9930 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9931 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9932 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9933 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9935 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9936 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9938 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9939 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9940 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9942 bool micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9943 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9944 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9945 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9946 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9949 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9950 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9951 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
->size
== 0);
9953 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9954 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9955 else if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9956 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9957 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9958 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9959 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9960 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9961 else if (!micromips_p
)
9962 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9963 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9964 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9966 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9968 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9969 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9970 htab
->root
.splt
->size
= (size
9971 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9972 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9973 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9974 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9976 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9978 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9980 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->root
.splt
,
9981 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9982 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9987 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9988 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9994 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9995 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9997 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9999 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
10002 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
10004 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
10005 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
10006 memory for them. */
10008 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10012 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
10013 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
10014 name
= bfd_section_name (s
);
10016 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10019 if (startswith (name
, ".rel"))
10023 const char *outname
;
10026 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
10027 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
10028 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
10029 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
10030 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
10032 outname
= bfd_section_name (s
->output_section
);
10033 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
10034 if ((target
!= NULL
10035 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
10036 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
10037 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
10040 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10041 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10042 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
10043 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10045 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
10046 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
10047 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
10048 will move them around between input sections'
10049 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
10050 broken, so don't let it run. */
10051 info
->combreloc
= 0;
10054 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10055 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
10056 && startswith (name
, ".rld_map"))
10058 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
10059 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
10060 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10062 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
10063 && startswith (name
, ".compact_rel"))
10064 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
10065 else if (s
== htab
->root
.splt
)
10067 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
10068 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
10069 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
10070 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
10071 && htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
10075 else if (! startswith (name
, ".init")
10076 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgot
10077 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgotplt
10078 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
10079 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynbss
10080 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
10082 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10088 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10092 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10095 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
10096 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10097 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10099 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
10104 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10106 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10107 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10108 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10109 the .dynamic section. */
10111 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
10112 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
10113 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
10114 may only look at the first one they see. */
10115 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
10116 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
10119 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10120 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
10123 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
10124 used by the debugger. */
10125 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10126 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
10127 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10131 && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
10132 || htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
))
10133 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
10135 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10137 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10140 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
10141 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
10142 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
10143 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
10144 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
10147 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
10150 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, false);
10151 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
10153 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
10154 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
10155 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
10157 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
10160 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
10163 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
10169 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0
10170 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sreldyn
->output_section
))
10172 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
10175 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
10178 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
10182 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
10185 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
10188 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
10191 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
10194 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
10197 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
10200 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
10203 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
10204 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_XHASH
, 0))
10207 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
10208 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
10211 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
10212 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10213 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
10214 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
10217 if (htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
10219 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
10222 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
10225 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
10228 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
10231 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
10232 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
10239 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10240 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10241 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10242 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10245 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10246 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10247 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10249 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
10250 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
10253 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10255 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10256 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10257 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
10258 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
10260 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
10261 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
10264 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10265 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
10267 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10268 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10270 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10271 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
10274 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10275 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10276 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10280 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10281 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10282 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10283 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10284 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10285 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10286 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10287 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10288 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10289 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10290 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10292 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10293 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10294 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10297 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10298 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10299 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10300 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10301 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10303 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10304 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10306 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10307 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10308 unsigned int r_type
;
10311 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10313 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10314 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10316 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10322 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10323 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10324 howto
, i
, contents
);
10329 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10332 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10333 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10334 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10335 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10336 asection
**local_sections
)
10338 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10339 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10340 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10341 bool use_saved_addend_p
= false;
10343 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
10344 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10348 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10349 bool cross_mode_jump_p
= false;
10350 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10352 bool rela_relocation_p
= true;
10353 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10355 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10357 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10358 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10361 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10362 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10364 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10365 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10367 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10368 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10369 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10371 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10376 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10379 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10380 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10381 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10382 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10383 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10384 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10387 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10388 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10389 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10392 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10394 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10395 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10396 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10400 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10402 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10403 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10404 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10405 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10406 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10407 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10408 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, false);
10410 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10412 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10413 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10416 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10418 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10419 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10420 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10421 RELA relocation. */
10422 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10425 rela_relocation_p
= false;
10426 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10428 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10429 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10430 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10433 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10434 contents
, &addend
))
10437 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10439 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10440 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10443 /* xgettext:c-format */
10444 (_("%pB: can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s'"
10445 " for %s at %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
10447 howto
->name
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
, input_section
);
10451 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10454 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10455 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10456 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10459 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10461 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10462 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10463 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10465 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10467 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10468 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10469 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10470 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10471 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10472 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10473 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10475 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10477 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10478 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10479 source of the addend in the final link. */
10480 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10482 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10483 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10484 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10485 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10486 but for endianness. */
10492 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10494 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10501 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10502 do two separate stores. */
10503 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10505 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10507 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10508 high_bits
= addend
;
10513 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10515 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10516 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10517 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10518 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10522 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10523 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10528 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10532 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10533 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10534 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10536 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10537 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10538 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10539 use_saved_addend_p
= true;
10541 use_saved_addend_p
= false;
10543 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10544 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10545 input_section
, contents
,
10546 info
, rel
, addend
, howto
,
10547 local_syms
, local_sections
,
10548 &value
, &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10549 use_saved_addend_p
))
10551 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10552 /* There's nothing to do. */
10555 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10556 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10557 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10558 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10559 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10562 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10563 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10564 info
->callbacks
->warning
10565 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10568 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10569 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10570 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10571 a given location. */
10575 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10577 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10578 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10579 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10580 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10581 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10582 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10584 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10585 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10587 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= true;
10588 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10590 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10591 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10592 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10599 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10601 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10602 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10603 ? _("cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10604 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10605 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10606 ? _("jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10607 : _("jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10608 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10609 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10610 ? _("cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10611 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10612 : _("branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10613 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10614 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10617 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10618 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10621 /* Fall through. */
10628 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10629 until we reach the last one. */
10630 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10636 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10637 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10638 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10639 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10640 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10641 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10642 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10643 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10649 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10651 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10658 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10659 do two separate stores. */
10660 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10662 /* Undo what we did above. */
10663 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10664 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10666 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10672 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10674 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10675 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10676 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10677 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10681 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10682 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10683 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10684 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10691 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10692 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10695 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10697 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10699 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10702 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10704 bfd_signed_vma pcrel_offset
= 0;
10706 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10707 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10708 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10709 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10711 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10712 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10716 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10725 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10726 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10728 /* We add 8 here to account for the LUI/ADDIU instructions
10729 before the branch instruction. This cannot be moved down to
10730 where pcrel_offset is calculated as 's' is updated in
10731 mips_elf_get_la25_target. */
10732 branch_pc
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
+ offset
+ 8;
10734 /* Work out the target address. */
10735 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10736 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10738 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10739 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10741 /* Calculate the PC of the compact branch instruction (for the case where
10742 compact branches are used for either microMIPSR6 or MIPSR6 with
10743 compact branches. Add 4-bytes to account for BC using the PC of the
10744 next instruction as the base. */
10745 pcrel_offset
= target
- (branch_pc
+ 4);
10747 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10749 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10750 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10751 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10753 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10755 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10756 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10758 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10759 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10764 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10765 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10770 /* This is trampoline. */
10772 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10774 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10775 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10776 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10777 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10778 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10779 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10780 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10784 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10785 if (MIPSR6_P (hti
->output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
)
10787 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10788 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_BC (pcrel_offset
), loc
+ 8);
10792 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10793 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10795 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10801 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10802 adjust it appropriately now. */
10805 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10806 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10808 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10809 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10810 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10813 "__dso_displacement",
10815 "__program_header_table",
10819 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10827 const char* const *p
;
10830 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10831 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10834 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10836 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10838 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10839 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10841 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10843 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10845 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10851 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10852 dynamic sections here. */
10855 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10856 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10857 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10858 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10862 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10865 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10866 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10868 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10869 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10870 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10871 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10873 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
);
10875 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10876 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10877 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10879 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10881 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10882 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10886 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10888 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10889 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10890 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
10891 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10892 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10894 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10895 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10896 header_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10897 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10899 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10900 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10901 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
10902 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10904 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10905 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10907 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt entry's address
10908 cannot be loaded in two instructions. */
10909 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10910 && ((got_address
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
10913 /* xgettext:c-format */
10914 (_("%pB: `%pA' entry VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
10915 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
10917 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10918 (int64_t) got_address
);
10919 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10923 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10924 loc
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
10925 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10926 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10927 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10929 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10931 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10932 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10933 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10935 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10936 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10938 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10940 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10942 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10943 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10945 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10946 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10948 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10950 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10951 plt_entry
= htab
->compact_branches
? mipsr6_exec_plt_entry_compact
10952 : mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10954 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10955 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10956 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10959 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
10960 || (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
))
10962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10963 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10967 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10968 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10973 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10974 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10976 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10978 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10979 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10981 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10983 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10984 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10986 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10987 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10989 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10991 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10992 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10993 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10994 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10995 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10996 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10997 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10999 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11001 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11003 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11004 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
11005 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11006 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
11007 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11008 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11009 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
11010 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
11014 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11015 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
11016 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11018 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
11020 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11021 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
11022 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11024 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11025 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11028 /* xgettext:c-format */
11029 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11030 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11032 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11033 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11034 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11035 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11038 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11039 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11040 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11041 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11042 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
11043 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11044 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11048 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11049 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->root
.srelplt
,
11050 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
11051 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
11053 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
11054 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
11055 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
11056 binary where pointer equality matters. */
11057 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11058 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
11059 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
11067 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11069 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
11070 bool micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
11071 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
11072 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
11073 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
11074 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
11075 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
11078 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11079 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11080 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11082 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11084 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
11086 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11088 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
11090 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
11091 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
11093 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
11096 /* Fill the stub. */
11100 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
11105 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11106 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11111 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11114 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11116 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
11118 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11119 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
11125 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
11131 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11135 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
11136 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
11137 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11138 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11139 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11141 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
11142 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11143 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11146 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11147 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
11154 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
11156 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
11158 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11160 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
11165 if (!(MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
))
11167 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
11171 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
11172 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
11173 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11174 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11176 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
11177 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11180 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
11184 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
)
11185 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALRC
, stub
+ idx
);
11188 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
11189 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
11192 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
11193 only for the referenced symbol. */
11194 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11196 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
11197 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
11198 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
11199 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
11200 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
11201 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
11203 sym
->st_other
= other
;
11206 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
11207 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
11209 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
11211 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
11212 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
11213 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
11214 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
11215 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
11218 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
11219 || h
->forced_local
);
11221 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11222 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11223 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11225 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11226 the symbols that need them. */
11227 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11232 value
= sym
->st_value
;
11233 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11234 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11237 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
11239 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
11245 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
11248 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
11250 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11253 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
11256 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
11257 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
11258 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11259 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
11261 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
11262 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
11264 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11265 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11266 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11267 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11268 appropriate addend. */
11269 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11271 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11272 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11273 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
11275 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
11276 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
11279 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11280 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
11281 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
11285 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
11286 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11291 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11292 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
11293 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
11294 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
11295 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11296 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11297 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11299 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11300 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11303 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11305 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
11306 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
11308 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11309 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11311 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11313 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11315 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11316 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11317 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11318 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11320 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11322 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11323 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11324 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11325 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11329 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11335 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11336 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11338 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, false);
11339 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11340 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11341 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11342 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11343 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11346 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11347 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11348 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11350 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11351 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11352 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11354 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11355 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11357 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11359 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11360 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11366 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11369 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11370 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11371 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11372 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11376 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11377 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11378 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11380 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11381 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11382 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11383 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11385 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11388 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11389 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11390 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11391 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11392 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11394 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11395 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11397 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11398 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
11399 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11400 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11402 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11403 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11404 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
11407 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11408 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11409 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
11410 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11412 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11413 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11414 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11416 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11417 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11418 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11420 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11421 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11422 (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
11423 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11425 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11426 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11428 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11430 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11431 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11432 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11436 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11438 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11439 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11440 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11442 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11443 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11444 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11445 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11446 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11447 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11448 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11449 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11451 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11452 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11454 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11455 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11456 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11457 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11458 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11460 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11461 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11462 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11463 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11464 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11465 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11467 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11468 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11470 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11471 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11474 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11475 loc
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->contents
11476 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11477 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11478 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11480 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11482 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11483 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11486 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11488 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11489 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11490 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11492 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11493 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11496 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11500 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11501 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11502 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11504 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11505 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, false);
11506 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11507 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11508 + sgot
->output_offset
11510 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11511 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11512 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11515 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11518 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11522 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11524 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11525 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11526 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11527 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11529 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
11530 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
11532 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
11533 loc
= srel
->contents
+ srel
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11534 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11535 ++srel
->reloc_count
;
11538 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11539 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11540 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11545 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11548 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11551 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11552 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11553 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11555 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11556 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11558 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11559 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11560 ? mipsr6_n64_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11561 : mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
11562 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11563 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11564 ? mipsr6_n32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11565 : mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
11566 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11567 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11568 ? mipsr6_o32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11569 : mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
11570 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11571 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11573 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11575 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11576 gotplt_value
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11577 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11578 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11579 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11581 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11582 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11583 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11584 && ((gotplt_value
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
11587 /* xgettext:c-format */
11588 (_("%pB: `%pA' start VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
11589 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
11591 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11592 (int64_t) gotplt_value
);
11593 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11597 /* Install the PLT header. */
11598 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11599 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11601 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11602 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11605 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11607 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11608 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11609 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11611 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11612 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11615 /* xgettext:c-format */
11616 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11617 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11619 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11620 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11621 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11622 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11625 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11626 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11627 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11628 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11629 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11631 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11635 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11636 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11637 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11638 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11639 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11640 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11641 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11642 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11646 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11647 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11648 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11649 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11650 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11651 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11652 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11653 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11659 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11660 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11663 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11665 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11667 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11668 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11669 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11671 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11672 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11674 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11676 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11677 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11678 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11679 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11681 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11682 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11684 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11685 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11686 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11688 /* Install the PLT header. */
11689 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11690 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11691 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11692 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11693 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11694 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11695 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11697 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11698 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11699 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11700 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11702 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11703 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11705 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11706 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11707 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11708 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11709 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11710 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11712 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11713 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11714 in which symbols were output. */
11715 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11717 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11719 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11720 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11721 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11722 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11724 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11725 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11726 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11727 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11729 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11730 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11731 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11732 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11736 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11739 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11744 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11745 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11747 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11748 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11749 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11750 htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11753 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11756 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11757 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11762 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11763 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11765 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11766 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11768 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11770 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11772 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11773 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11775 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11778 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11780 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11781 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11783 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, false);
11784 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11786 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11787 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11788 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11790 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11796 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11797 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11799 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11805 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11809 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
);
11810 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11814 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11816 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11820 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11821 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11824 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11825 s
= htab
->root
.sgotplt
;
11826 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11829 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11830 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11833 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11834 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11837 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11841 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11845 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11847 swap_out_p
= false;
11850 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11852 swap_out_p
= false;
11855 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11856 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11857 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11858 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11861 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11862 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11865 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11866 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11867 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11868 referenced within the same object. */
11869 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11872 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11873 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11875 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11878 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11879 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11880 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11881 /* Fall through. */
11883 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11885 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11886 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11889 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11891 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11894 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11895 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11898 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11900 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11901 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11904 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11905 swap_out_p
= false;
11908 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11910 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11912 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11913 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11917 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11919 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11920 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11921 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11924 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11925 swap_out_p
= false;
11928 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11930 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11931 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11932 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11933 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11934 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11935 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11936 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11940 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11941 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11942 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11943 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11947 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11948 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
11949 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11951 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11955 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11956 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
;
11960 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11961 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11962 + htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_offset
);
11966 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11967 the dynamic tag. */
11968 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11970 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11971 swap_out_p
= false;
11976 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11977 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11978 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11979 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11981 swap_out_p
= false;
11984 case DT_MIPS_XHASH
:
11985 name
= ".MIPS.xhash";
11986 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11987 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11991 swap_out_p
= false;
11992 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
11993 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11998 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11999 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
12000 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
12004 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
12009 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
12010 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
12011 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
12014 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
12015 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
12017 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
12019 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
12020 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
12021 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
12022 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
12023 to the lazy resolution stub. */
12024 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
12025 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
12027 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
12028 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12029 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
12031 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12035 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
12036 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
12037 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
12038 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
12039 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
12040 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12043 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
12044 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
12047 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
12048 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
12050 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
12051 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
12053 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
12054 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
12056 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
12058 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
12059 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
12061 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
12062 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12063 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
12065 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12067 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
12070 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
12072 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
12073 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
12076 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
12077 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
12078 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
12079 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
12080 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
12081 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
12083 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
12088 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
12089 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
12092 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
12097 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
12099 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
12100 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
12101 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
12103 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12106 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
12107 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
12109 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
12115 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
12116 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
12117 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
12118 are trailing null entries. */
12119 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, false);
12120 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
12121 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
12122 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
12123 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
12124 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
12125 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
12126 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
));
12127 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
12132 swap_out_p
= false;
12137 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
12144 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
12146 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
12148 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
12149 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
12153 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
12155 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
12156 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
12159 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
12160 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
12163 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
12164 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
12165 && htab
->sstubs
->contents
!= NULL
)
12167 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
12169 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
12170 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
12171 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
12172 htab
->function_stub_size
);
12177 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
12178 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
12179 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
12180 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
12181 if (htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
12183 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, false);
12185 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
12187 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
12189 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
12190 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
12191 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
12192 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
12194 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
12195 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
12196 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
12201 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
12203 if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
12205 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
12206 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
12208 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
12212 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
12213 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
12221 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
12224 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
12228 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
12231 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
) || ABI_64_P (abfd
))
12232 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12234 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12237 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
12238 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12241 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
12242 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
12245 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
12246 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
12249 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
12250 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
12253 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
12254 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
12255 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
12256 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
12257 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12260 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
12261 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
12264 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
12265 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
12268 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
12269 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
12272 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
12273 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
12276 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
12277 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
12280 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
12281 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
12284 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
12285 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
12288 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
12289 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
12292 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
12293 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
12294 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
12295 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
12296 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
12297 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
12298 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
12299 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
12302 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
12303 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
12306 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
12307 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
12310 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
12311 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
12314 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
12315 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
12318 case bfd_mach_mips_gs464
:
12319 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS464
;
12322 case bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
:
12323 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS464E
;
12326 case bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
:
12327 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS264E
;
12330 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
12331 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
12332 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
12335 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
12336 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12339 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12340 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12343 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12344 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12347 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12348 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12351 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12352 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12355 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12356 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12357 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12358 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12361 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
12362 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
;
12365 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12366 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12367 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12368 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12371 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12372 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12375 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12376 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12379 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12380 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12385 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12386 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12387 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12388 relocs to be sorted. */
12391 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12393 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12397 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12398 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12399 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12402 _bfd_mips_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12405 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12409 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12410 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12411 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12412 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12413 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12415 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12416 info for each special section. */
12417 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12418 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12421 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12423 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12424 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12425 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12427 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12430 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12431 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12432 name
= bfd_section_name ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12433 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12434 && startswith (name
, ".gptab."));
12435 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12436 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12437 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12440 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12441 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12442 name
= bfd_section_name ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12443 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12444 && startswith (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12445 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12446 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12447 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12448 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12451 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12452 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12454 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12455 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12457 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12460 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12461 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12462 name
= bfd_section_name ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12463 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12464 if (startswith (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12465 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12466 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12469 BFD_ASSERT (startswith (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12470 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12472 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12474 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12475 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12478 case SHT_MIPS_XHASH
:
12479 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12481 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12487 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12489 _bfd_mips_final_write_processing (abfd
);
12490 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
12493 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12497 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12498 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12503 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12504 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12505 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12508 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12509 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12512 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12513 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12514 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12515 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12518 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12519 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12520 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12521 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12524 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12525 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12526 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12527 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12533 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12536 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12537 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12540 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12543 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12545 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12546 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12548 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12549 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12554 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12558 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12560 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12562 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12563 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12565 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12566 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12574 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12576 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12577 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12579 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12580 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12585 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12589 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12591 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12593 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12594 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12596 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12597 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12605 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12606 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12607 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12609 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12610 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12611 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12612 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12614 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12616 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12617 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12622 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12624 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12626 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12627 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12630 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12632 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12633 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12634 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12635 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12636 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12637 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= true;
12638 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12639 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12640 *pm
= options_segment
;
12646 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12648 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12649 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12650 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12651 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12652 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12654 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12655 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12660 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12664 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12666 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12671 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12676 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12679 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12680 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12681 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12691 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12692 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12694 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12696 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12699 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12700 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12701 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12702 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12703 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12704 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12705 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12706 PT_LOAD segment. */
12707 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12710 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12712 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12714 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12718 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12720 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12722 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12724 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12725 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12732 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12733 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12738 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12739 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12741 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12744 amt
= sizeof *n
- sizeof (asection
*) + c
* sizeof (asection
*);
12745 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12752 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12754 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12756 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12758 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12767 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12768 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12770 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12771 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12772 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12773 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12774 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12776 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12777 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12778 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12779 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12780 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12783 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12784 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12786 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12787 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12789 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12790 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12794 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12798 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12806 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12810 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12811 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12812 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12813 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12814 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12816 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12819 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12821 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12822 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12826 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12829 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12832 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12833 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12837 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12839 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12843 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12846 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12848 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (bfd_section_name (o
)))
12850 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12858 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12859 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12860 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12861 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12864 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12865 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12866 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12868 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12870 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12872 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12873 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12874 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12875 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12876 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12877 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= true;
12879 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12882 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12883 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12884 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= true;
12885 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12886 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= true;
12887 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12889 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12890 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12892 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12894 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= true;
12895 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= false;
12897 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12899 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12900 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12902 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12904 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12905 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12907 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12908 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12909 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12910 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12911 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12912 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= true;
12915 /* Take care of the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol and ignore attempts
12916 to hide it. It has to remain global (it will also be protected) so as to
12917 be assigned a global GOT entry, which will then remain unchanged at load
12921 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12922 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
12925 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12927 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
12928 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
12929 if (htab
->use_absolute_zero
12930 && strcmp (entry
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_absolute_zero") == 0)
12933 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, entry
, force_local
);
12936 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12939 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12940 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12944 unsigned char *tdata
;
12947 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12952 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12954 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12955 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12958 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12962 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12963 info
->keep_memory
);
12970 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12971 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12973 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12975 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12984 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12985 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12986 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12987 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12993 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12994 free (cookie
->rels
);
13000 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
13002 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
13008 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
13009 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13010 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
13012 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
13015 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
13018 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
13022 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
13023 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
13025 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
13027 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
13030 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
13033 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
13034 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
13038 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
13039 from output by default for clarity. */
13042 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
13044 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
13047 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
13048 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
13050 struct mips_elf_find_line
13052 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
13053 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
13057 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
13058 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
13059 const char **filename_ptr
,
13060 const char **functionname_ptr
,
13061 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
13062 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
13066 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
13067 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13068 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
13069 dwarf_debug_sections
,
13070 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
13074 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13075 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13078 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
13079 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13080 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
13085 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
13088 flagword origflags
;
13089 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
13090 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
13091 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
13093 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
13094 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
13095 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
13096 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
13097 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
13098 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13100 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
13103 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
13106 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
13107 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
13109 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
13112 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13116 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
13118 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13122 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
13123 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
13124 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13125 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
13127 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13130 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
13131 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
13132 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
13133 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
13134 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
13135 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
13136 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
13138 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
13140 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
13141 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
13142 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
13143 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
13144 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
13145 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
13148 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
13149 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13152 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13156 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13159 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
13161 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13162 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13163 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
13167 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
13168 const char **filename_ptr
,
13169 const char **functionname_ptr
,
13170 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
13173 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
13174 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
13175 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
13180 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
13181 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
13182 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
13185 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
13186 const void *location
,
13187 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
13189 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
13193 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
13195 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
13196 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
13197 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
13200 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
13203 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
13206 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
13209 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
13212 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
13216 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
13217 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
13220 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
13222 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13223 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
13228 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
13229 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13231 arelent
**reloc_vector
;
13234 reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
13235 if (reloc_size
< 0)
13238 /* Read in the section. */
13239 if (!bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, &data
))
13245 if (reloc_size
== 0)
13248 reloc_vector
= (arelent
**) bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
13249 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
)
13251 struct mips_hi16
**hip
, *hi
;
13253 /* If we are going to return an error, remove entries on
13254 mips_hi16_list that point into this section's data. Data
13255 will typically be freed on return from this function. */
13256 hip
= &mips_hi16_list
;
13257 while ((hi
= *hip
) != NULL
)
13259 if (hi
->input_section
== input_section
)
13271 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
13275 if (reloc_count
< 0)
13278 if (reloc_count
> 0)
13283 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13286 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
13287 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
13288 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13289 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
13290 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
13294 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", false, false);
13295 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
13302 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
13303 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
13304 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13307 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13308 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13310 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
13312 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
13313 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
13315 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13317 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
13327 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
13329 char *error_message
= NULL
;
13331 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
13333 symbol
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13334 /* PR ld/19628: A specially crafted input file
13335 can result in a NULL symbol pointer here. */
13336 if (symbol
== NULL
)
13338 link_info
->callbacks
->einfo
13339 /* xgettext:c-format */
13340 (_("%X%P: %pB(%pA): error: relocation for offset %V has no value\n"),
13341 abfd
, input_section
, (* parent
)->address
);
13345 /* Zap reloc field when the symbol is from a discarded
13346 section, ignoring any addend. Do the same when called
13347 from bfd_simple_get_relocated_section_contents for
13348 undefined symbols in debug sections. This is to keep
13349 debug info reasonably sane, in particular so that
13350 DW_FORM_ref_addr to another file's .debug_info isn't
13351 confused with an offset into the current file's
13353 if ((symbol
->section
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (symbol
->section
))
13354 || (symbol
->section
== bfd_und_section_ptr
13355 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
13356 && link_info
->input_bfds
== link_info
->output_bfd
))
13359 static reloc_howto_type none_howto
13360 = HOWTO (0, 0, 0, 0, false, 0, complain_overflow_dont
, NULL
,
13361 "unused", false, 0, 0, false);
13363 off
= ((*parent
)->address
13364 * bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
, input_section
));
13365 _bfd_clear_contents ((*parent
)->howto
, input_bfd
,
13366 input_section
, data
, off
);
13367 (*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
13368 (*parent
)->addend
= 0;
13369 (*parent
)->howto
= &none_howto
;
13373 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13374 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13376 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13377 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13378 to the generic handling. */
13380 && ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
13381 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
))
13382 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, symbol
, *parent
,
13383 input_section
, relocatable
,
13386 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
,
13390 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
13395 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
13397 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs. */
13398 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
13402 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
13406 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
13407 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
13408 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13409 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, true);
13411 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
13412 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
13413 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
13414 (link_info
, error_message
,
13415 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13417 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
13418 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
13420 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13421 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
13422 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13424 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13426 This error can result when processing some partially
13427 complete binaries. Do not abort, but issue an error
13428 message instead. */
13429 link_info
->callbacks
->einfo
13430 /* xgettext:c-format */
13431 (_("%X%P: %pB(%pA): relocation \"%pR\" goes out of range\n"),
13432 abfd
, input_section
, * parent
);
13435 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
13437 This error can result when processing a corrupt binary.
13438 Do not abort. Issue an error message instead. */
13439 link_info
->callbacks
->einfo
13440 /* xgettext:c-format */
13441 (_("%X%P: %pB(%pA): relocation \"%pR\" is not supported\n"),
13442 abfd
, input_section
, * parent
);
13446 /* PR 17512; file: 90c2a92e.
13447 Report unexpected results, without aborting. */
13448 link_info
->callbacks
->einfo
13449 /* xgettext:c-format */
13450 (_("%X%P: %pB(%pA): relocation \"%pR\" returns an unrecognized value %x\n"),
13451 abfd
, input_section
, * parent
, r
);
13460 free (reloc_vector
);
13465 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13466 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13468 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13469 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13470 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13471 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13472 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13473 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13474 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13475 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13476 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13477 unsigned int symcount
;
13479 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13480 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13482 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13483 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13485 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13486 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13487 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13488 sec
->size
-= count
;
13490 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13491 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13493 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13494 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13495 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13498 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13499 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13501 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13502 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13503 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13504 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13505 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13506 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13508 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13509 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13510 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13511 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13512 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13514 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13516 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13518 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13519 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13520 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13522 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13524 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13525 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13527 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13535 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13536 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13538 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13539 unsigned long match
;
13540 unsigned long mask
;
13543 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13547 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13549 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13550 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13552 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13554 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13555 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13558 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13560 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13561 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13562 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13563 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13566 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13567 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13569 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13570 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13572 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13573 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13575 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13576 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13578 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13579 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13581 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13582 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13585 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13587 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13588 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13589 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13591 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13593 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13594 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13595 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13596 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13599 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13600 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13601 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13602 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13605 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13606 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13607 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13608 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13611 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13612 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13613 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13614 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13617 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13619 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13620 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13623 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13625 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13626 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13628 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13629 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13631 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13632 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13634 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13635 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13637 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13638 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13640 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13642 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13643 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13645 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13646 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13648 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13649 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13650 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13651 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13654 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13656 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13657 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13659 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13660 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13661 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13665 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13667 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13668 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13670 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13671 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13673 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13674 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13676 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13678 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13680 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13681 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13683 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13684 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13685 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13686 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13690 /* LUI instruction. */
13692 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13693 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13696 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13698 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13699 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13701 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13702 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13704 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13705 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13708 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13710 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13711 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13712 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13713 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13715 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13716 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13718 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13719 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13720 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13721 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13724 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13725 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13728 /* NOP instructions. */
13730 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13731 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13733 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13734 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13737 /* Instruction match support. */
13739 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13742 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13744 unsigned long indx
;
13746 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13747 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13754 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13756 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13757 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13758 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13759 the second half of another instruction. */
13762 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13764 unsigned long opcode
;
13767 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13768 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13769 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13771 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13772 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13773 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13776 /* No delay slot. */
13782 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13783 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13784 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13785 the second half of another instruction. */
13788 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13790 unsigned long opcode
;
13793 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13794 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13795 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13797 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13798 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13801 /* No delay slot. */
13807 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13808 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13811 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13813 unsigned long opcode
;
13815 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13816 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13818 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13820 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13821 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13822 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13824 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13830 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13831 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13834 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13836 unsigned long opcode
;
13838 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13839 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13841 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13842 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13843 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13845 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13846 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13847 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13848 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13849 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13850 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13851 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13852 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13858 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13859 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13860 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13863 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13864 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13865 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13867 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13868 unsigned long opcode
;
13870 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13871 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13874 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13875 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13876 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13882 /* Bitsize checking. */
13883 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13884 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13885 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13889 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13890 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13893 bool insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13894 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13895 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13896 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13897 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13898 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13900 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13903 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13904 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13907 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13908 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13909 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13910 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13913 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13915 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13916 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13917 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13918 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13919 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13922 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13923 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13924 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13926 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13927 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13928 bool target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13929 unsigned long opcode
;
13935 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13936 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13940 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13942 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13943 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13944 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13947 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13948 if (contents
== NULL
)
13950 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13951 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13952 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13953 /* Go get them off disk. */
13954 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13957 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13959 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13960 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13962 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13963 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13964 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13965 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13967 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13971 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13972 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13974 /* A local symbol. */
13975 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13978 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13979 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13980 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13981 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13982 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13983 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13984 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13986 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13987 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13988 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13989 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13990 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13994 unsigned long indx
;
13995 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13997 /* An external symbol. */
13998 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13999 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
14000 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
14002 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
14003 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14004 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
14005 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
14006 regular reloc processing. */
14009 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
14010 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14011 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14012 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
14013 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
14017 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
14018 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
14019 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
14020 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
14021 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
14022 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
14023 the linker is run. */
14025 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
14026 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
14029 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
14031 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
14032 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
14034 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
14037 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
14038 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
14039 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
14041 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
14043 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
14044 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
14045 out the offset). */
14046 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
14049 unsigned long nextopc
;
14053 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
14055 if (irel
> internal_relocs
14056 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
14057 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
14060 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
14061 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
14062 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
14063 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
14066 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
14067 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
14068 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
14069 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
14072 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
14073 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
14074 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
14075 it through if so. */
14076 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
14077 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
14078 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
14079 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
14080 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
14081 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
14083 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
14085 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
14088 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
14090 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
14091 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
14092 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
14093 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
14094 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
14095 switch (offset
- 4)
14100 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
14104 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
14111 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14113 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
14115 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
14118 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
14119 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
14120 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
14122 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
14123 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
14125 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14126 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
14128 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
14129 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
14130 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
14131 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
14132 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
14133 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14136 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
14137 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
14138 the PC-relative distance. */
14139 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
14140 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
14141 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
14142 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
14143 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
14145 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14146 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
14148 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
14149 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
14150 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
14152 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
14153 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14156 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
14160 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14161 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
14163 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
14168 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
14169 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
14170 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
14171 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
14172 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14173 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
14174 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
14175 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
14177 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
14178 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
14179 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
14180 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
14182 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
14186 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
14188 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
14189 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
14190 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
14191 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
14193 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
14195 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
14196 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
14200 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
14201 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
14203 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14204 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
14205 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
14207 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14208 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
14210 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
14213 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
14216 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
14221 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
14222 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
14224 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14225 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
14226 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
14227 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
14228 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
14229 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
14233 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
14235 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14236 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
14238 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
14240 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
14241 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
14242 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
14245 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
14250 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
14252 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
14253 && target_is_micromips_code_p
14254 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
14255 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
14257 unsigned long n32opc
;
14258 bool relaxed
= false;
14260 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
14262 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
14264 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
14265 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
14269 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
14271 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
14273 (move_insn_16
.match
14274 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
14275 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
14280 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
14281 instructions will be handled here later. */
14285 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
14286 with 16-bit delay slot. */
14287 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
14289 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
14297 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
14298 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
14299 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14300 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14302 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
14303 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
14304 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
14307 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
14308 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
14313 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14314 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14316 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14320 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14321 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14325 if (contents
!= NULL
14326 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14328 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14332 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14333 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14337 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14338 free (internal_relocs
);
14343 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14345 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14347 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14348 free (internal_relocs
);
14353 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14355 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14356 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14358 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14359 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
14361 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
14365 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
14366 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
14367 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
14373 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
14374 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
14376 return &ret
->root
.root
;
14379 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14381 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14382 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14384 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14386 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
14389 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14391 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
14392 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= true;
14397 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14398 and copy relocs. */
14401 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14403 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= true;
14406 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14407 32-bit microMIPS instructions, and between making or ignoring
14408 branch relocation checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes.
14409 Also record whether we have been configured for a GNU target. */
14412 _bfd_mips_elf_linker_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bool insn32
,
14413 bool ignore_branch_isa
,
14416 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= insn32
;
14417 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
= ignore_branch_isa
;
14418 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->gnu_target
= gnu_target
;
14421 /* A function that the linker calls to enable use of compact branches in
14422 linker generated code for MIPSR6. */
14425 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_branches (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bool on
)
14427 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_branches
= on
;
14431 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14433 struct mips_mach_extension
14435 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14439 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14440 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14442 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14444 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14445 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14446 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14447 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14448 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14449 { bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
, bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
},
14450 { bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
, bfd_mach_mips_gs464
},
14451 { bfd_mach_mips_gs464
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14453 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14454 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14455 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14456 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14458 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14459 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14461 /* R10000 extensions. */
14462 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14463 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14464 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14466 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14467 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14468 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14469 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14470 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14471 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14472 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14474 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14475 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14476 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14477 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14478 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14479 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14481 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14482 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14483 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14485 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14486 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14487 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14488 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14489 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14490 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14491 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14492 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14493 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14494 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14496 /* MIPS32r3 extensions. */
14497 { bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
},
14499 /* MIPS32r2 extensions. */
14500 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
},
14502 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14503 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14505 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14506 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14507 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14508 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14510 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14511 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14512 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14515 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14518 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14522 if (extension
== base
)
14525 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14526 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14529 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14530 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14533 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14534 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14536 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14537 if (extension
== base
)
14544 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14546 static unsigned long
14547 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14551 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14552 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14553 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14554 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14555 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14556 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14557 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14558 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14559 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14560 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14561 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14562 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14563 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14564 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14565 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14566 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14567 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14568 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14572 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14575 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14577 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14579 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14580 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14581 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14582 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14583 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14584 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14585 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14586 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14587 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14588 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14589 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14590 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14591 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14592 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14593 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14594 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14595 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14596 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14597 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
14598 return AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
;
14603 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14604 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14606 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14607 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14608 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14610 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14613 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14616 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14618 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14619 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14620 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14621 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14622 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14623 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14624 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14625 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14626 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14627 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14628 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14631 /* xgettext:c-format */
14632 (_("%pB: unknown architecture %s"),
14633 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14636 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14638 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14639 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14642 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14643 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14644 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14645 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14648 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14651 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14653 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14654 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14655 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14656 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14657 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14658 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14659 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14660 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14663 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14666 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14668 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14670 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14671 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14673 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14674 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14676 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14678 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14680 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14681 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14683 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14684 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14685 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14686 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14687 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14688 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14689 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14690 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14691 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14693 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14695 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14696 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14697 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14698 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14699 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14700 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14702 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14703 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14704 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14705 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14706 && abiflags
->ases
!= AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT
)
14707 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14710 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14711 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14712 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14715 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14718 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14719 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14720 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14721 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14722 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14723 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14724 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14725 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14726 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14727 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14732 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14734 static const char * const secname
[] =
14736 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14737 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14739 static const int sc
[] =
14741 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14742 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14745 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14746 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14748 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14750 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14753 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14755 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14757 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14761 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14762 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14764 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14766 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", false, false, true);
14767 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14768 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14769 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14770 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14771 else if (htab
->root
.target_os
== is_vxworks
14772 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14773 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14774 false, false, true))
14775 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14776 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14777 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14779 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14781 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14783 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14784 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14786 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14789 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14790 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14794 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14795 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14796 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14800 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14802 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14803 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14805 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14806 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14807 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14809 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14811 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14812 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14813 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14814 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14816 asection
*input_section
;
14818 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14820 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14825 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14827 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14828 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14829 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14832 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14833 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14835 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14836 matters, but someday it might). */
14837 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14842 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14844 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14846 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14847 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14848 the information together. */
14849 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14851 asection
*input_section
;
14853 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14857 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14859 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14864 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14865 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14867 sz
= (input_section
->size
< sizeof (ext
)
14868 ? input_section
->size
: sizeof (ext
));
14869 memset (&ext
, 0, sizeof (ext
));
14870 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14874 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14876 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14877 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14878 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14879 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14880 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14882 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14883 `_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing' when the section is
14884 finally written out. */
14886 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14887 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14888 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14891 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14892 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14894 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14895 matters, but someday it might). */
14896 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14901 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14903 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14906 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14907 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14908 the information together. */
14909 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14910 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14911 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14912 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14913 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14914 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14915 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14916 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14917 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14918 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14919 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14920 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14921 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14923 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14925 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14926 debug_info structure. */
14928 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14929 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14930 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14931 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14932 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14934 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14935 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14936 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14937 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14939 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14940 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14944 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14948 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14949 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14950 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14951 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14953 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14955 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14956 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14959 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14960 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14963 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14964 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14965 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14969 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14971 asection
*input_section
;
14973 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14974 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14978 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14980 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14985 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14986 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14988 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14990 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14991 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14992 want to deal with it. */
14996 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14997 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14999 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
15001 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
15002 read in the debugging information and set up an
15003 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
15004 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
15008 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
15009 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
15010 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
15013 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
15014 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
15015 the linker global hash table and save the information
15016 for the output external symbols. */
15017 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
15018 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
15019 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
15020 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
15022 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
15023 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
15027 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
15029 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
15030 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
15031 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
15032 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
15035 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
15036 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
15037 name
, false, false, true);
15038 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
15043 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
15044 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
15045 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
15051 /* Free up the information we just read. */
15052 free (input_debug
.line
);
15053 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
15054 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
15055 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
15056 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
15057 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
15058 free (input_debug
.ss
);
15059 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
15060 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
15061 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
15062 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
15064 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15065 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15066 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15069 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
15071 /* Create .rtproc section. */
15072 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15073 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
15075 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
15076 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
15078 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
15081 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
15082 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (rtproc_sec
, 4))
15086 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
15092 /* Build the external symbol information. */
15095 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
15097 einfo
.failed
= false;
15098 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
15099 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
15103 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
15104 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
15106 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
15107 matters, but someday it might). */
15108 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15113 if (startswith (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
15115 const char *subname
;
15118 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
15121 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
15122 information describing how the small data area would
15123 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
15124 not used in executables files. */
15125 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
15127 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
15129 asection
*input_section
;
15131 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15133 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
15138 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15140 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15141 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15142 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15145 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
15146 currently matters, but someday it might). */
15147 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15149 /* Really remove the section. */
15150 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
15151 --abfd
->section_count
;
15156 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
15157 uninitialized data. */
15158 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
15159 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
15160 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
15165 /* xgettext:c-format */
15166 (_("%pB: illegal section name `%pA'"), abfd
, o
);
15167 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
15171 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
15172 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
15173 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
15174 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
15175 case we must change the name of the output section. */
15176 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
15177 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
15179 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
15180 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
15182 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
15183 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
15184 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
15187 /* Set up the first entry. */
15189 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
15190 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
15193 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
15194 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
15196 /* Combine the input sections. */
15197 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
15199 asection
*input_section
;
15201 bfd_size_type size
;
15202 unsigned long last
;
15203 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
15205 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15207 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
15212 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15213 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
15215 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
15216 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
15217 sorted by ascending -G value. */
15218 size
= input_section
->size
;
15220 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15222 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
15224 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
15225 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
15231 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
15232 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
15233 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
15239 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
15241 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
15242 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
15245 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
15247 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
15248 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
15250 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
15256 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
15259 /* We need a new table entry. */
15260 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
15261 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
15262 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
15268 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
15269 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
15271 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
15272 value, since that will be implied by this new
15275 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
15277 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
15279 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
15280 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
15284 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
15285 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
15290 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
15293 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15294 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15295 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15298 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
15300 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
15302 /* Swap out the table. */
15303 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15304 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
15305 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
15311 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
15312 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
15315 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15316 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
15318 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
15319 matters, but someday it might). */
15320 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15324 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
15325 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
15328 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
15330 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
15332 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
15333 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
15335 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15337 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
15338 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15340 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
15341 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= true;
15343 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
15344 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15348 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
15350 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
15352 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
15353 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15357 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
15359 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
15360 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
15362 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
15365 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
15368 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
15370 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
15371 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
15372 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
15376 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
15378 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
15379 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
15380 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
15384 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
15386 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15387 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
15389 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
15390 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
15391 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
15399 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15400 if there are conflicting settings. */
15403 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15405 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15406 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15407 flagword old_flags
;
15408 flagword new_flags
;
15411 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15412 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15413 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15415 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15417 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15418 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15420 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15421 doesn't seem to matter. */
15422 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15423 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15425 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15426 just be able to ignore this. */
15427 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15428 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15430 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15431 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15432 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15434 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15439 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15440 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15443 (_("%pB: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15448 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15449 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15450 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15451 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15453 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15454 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15456 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15457 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15460 (_("%pB: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15464 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15466 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15467 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15469 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15470 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15471 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15472 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15473 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15474 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15475 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15477 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15478 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15480 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15481 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15482 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15483 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15484 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15485 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15489 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15491 /* xgettext:c-format */
15492 (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15494 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15495 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15500 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15501 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15503 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15504 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15505 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15506 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15507 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15509 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15510 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15511 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15512 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15515 /* xgettext:c-format */
15516 (_("%pB: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15518 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15519 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15522 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15523 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15526 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15527 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15528 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15530 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15531 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15532 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15533 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15534 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15535 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15537 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15540 /* xgettext:c-format */
15541 (_("%pB: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15543 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15544 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15548 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15550 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15551 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15554 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15555 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15557 /* xgettext:c-format */
15558 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15560 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15561 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15562 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15563 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15565 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15566 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15569 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15570 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15572 /* xgettext:c-format */
15573 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15575 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15576 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15577 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15578 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15580 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15581 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15584 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15585 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15587 /* xgettext:c-format */
15589 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields than previous modules "
15591 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
15598 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15599 there are conflicting attributes. */
15601 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15603 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15604 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15605 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15609 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15610 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15611 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15612 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15614 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15616 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15617 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15619 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15621 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15622 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15624 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15626 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15631 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15632 non-conflicting ones. */
15633 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15634 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15638 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15639 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15640 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15641 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15642 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15643 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15644 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15645 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15646 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15648 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15649 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15651 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15652 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15653 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15654 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15655 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15656 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15657 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15659 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15660 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15662 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15663 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15664 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15665 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15667 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15669 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15670 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15671 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15672 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15673 /* xgettext:c-format */
15675 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15676 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15677 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15678 else if (!out_string
)
15680 /* xgettext:c-format */
15681 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15682 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15683 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15684 else if (!in_string
)
15686 /* xgettext:c-format */
15687 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15688 "%pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15689 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15692 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15693 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15694 really relevant to the error message. */
15695 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15696 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15697 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15698 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15700 /* xgettext:c-format */
15701 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15702 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15707 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15708 non-conflicting ones. */
15709 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15711 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15712 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15713 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15714 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15715 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15717 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15719 /* xgettext:c-format */
15720 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15721 "%pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15722 obfd
, "-mmsa", abi_msa_bfd
,
15723 ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15727 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15729 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15731 /* xgettext:c-format */
15732 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15733 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15734 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15735 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mmsa");
15740 /* xgettext:c-format */
15741 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15742 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15743 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15744 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15750 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15751 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
15754 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15755 there are conflicting settings. */
15758 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15760 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15761 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15762 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15764 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15765 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15767 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15768 /* Merge abiflags. */
15769 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15770 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15771 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15772 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15773 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15774 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15775 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15776 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15777 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15778 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15780 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15781 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15786 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15787 object file when linking. */
15790 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15792 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15793 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15794 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15795 bool null_input_bfd
= true;
15799 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15800 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
15803 (_("%pB: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15808 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15811 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15812 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15814 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15817 (_("%pB: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15822 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15823 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15824 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15825 /* FIXME: This excludes any input shared library from consideration. */
15826 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15828 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15829 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15830 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15831 not affect compatibility. */
15832 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15833 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15834 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15836 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15837 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15838 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15840 null_input_bfd
= false;
15844 if (null_input_bfd
)
15847 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15848 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15850 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15851 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15852 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15854 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15856 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15857 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15859 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15860 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15862 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15863 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15864 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15865 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15867 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15868 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15870 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15871 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15872 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15873 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15875 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15876 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15877 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15879 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15880 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15881 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15883 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15884 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15886 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15887 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15888 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15890 (_("%pB: warning: unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15891 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15892 in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15896 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15897 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= true;
15900 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15902 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15903 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15904 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= true;
15907 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15909 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = true;
15910 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15911 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15912 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15914 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15915 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15916 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15917 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15919 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15920 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15923 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15924 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15930 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, info
);
15932 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
) && ok
;
15934 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15938 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15945 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15948 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15950 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15951 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15953 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15954 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = true;
15959 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15963 default: return "";
15964 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15965 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15966 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15967 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15968 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15969 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15970 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15971 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15972 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15973 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15974 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15975 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15977 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15978 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15979 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15980 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15981 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15982 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15983 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15984 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15985 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15986 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15987 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15988 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15989 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15990 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15991 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15992 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15993 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15994 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15995 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15996 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15997 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15998 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15999 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
16000 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
16001 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
16002 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
16003 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
16004 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
16005 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
16006 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
16007 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
16008 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
16009 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
16010 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
16011 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
16012 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
16013 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
16014 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
16015 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
16016 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
16017 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
16018 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
16019 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
16020 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
16021 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
16022 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
16023 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
16024 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
16025 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
16026 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
16027 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
16028 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
16029 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
16030 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
16031 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
16032 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
16033 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
16034 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
16035 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
16036 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
16037 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
16038 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
16039 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
16040 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
16041 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
16042 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
16043 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
16044 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
16045 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
16046 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
16047 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
16048 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
16049 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
16050 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
16051 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
16052 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
16053 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
16054 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
16055 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
16056 case DT_MIPS_XHASH
:
16057 return "DT_MIPS_XHASH";
16061 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
16065 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
16069 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
16071 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
16072 return "-mdouble-float";
16074 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
16075 return "-msingle-float";
16077 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
16078 return "-msoft-float";
16080 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
16081 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
16083 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
16086 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
16087 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
16089 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
16090 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
16098 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
16100 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
16101 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
16102 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
16103 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
16104 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
16105 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
16106 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
16107 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
16108 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
16109 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
16110 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
16111 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
16112 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
16113 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
16114 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
16115 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
16116 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
16117 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
16118 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
16119 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
16120 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
16121 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
16122 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
16123 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
16124 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
16125 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
16126 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
16127 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
16128 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16E2
)
16129 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16e2 ASE", file
);
16130 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_CRC
)
16131 fputs ("\n\tCRC ASE", file
);
16132 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_GINV
)
16133 fputs ("\n\tGINV ASE", file
);
16134 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_MMI
)
16135 fputs ("\n\tLoongson MMI ASE", file
);
16136 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_CAM
)
16137 fputs ("\n\tLoongson CAM ASE", file
);
16138 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT
)
16139 fputs ("\n\tLoongson EXT ASE", file
);
16140 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT2
)
16141 fputs ("\n\tLoongson EXT2 ASE", file
);
16143 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
16144 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
16145 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
16149 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
16154 fputs (_("None"), file
);
16157 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
16159 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
16160 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
16162 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
16163 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
16165 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
16166 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
16168 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
16169 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
16172 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
16175 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
16178 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
16181 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
16184 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
16186 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
16187 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
16190 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
16193 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
16196 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
16199 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
16202 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
16204 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
16205 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
16207 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
16208 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
16210 case AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
:
16211 fputs ("Imagination interAptiv MR2", file
);
16214 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
16220 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
16224 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
16225 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
16227 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
16228 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
16230 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
16231 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
16233 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
16234 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
16236 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
16237 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
16239 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
16240 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
16242 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
16243 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
16245 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
16246 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
16249 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
16255 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
16257 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
16258 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
16259 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
16260 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
16265 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
16269 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
16271 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
16272 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
16274 /* xgettext:c-format */
16275 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
16277 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
16278 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
16279 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
16280 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
16281 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
16282 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
16283 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
16284 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
16285 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
16286 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
16287 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
16288 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
16289 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
16290 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
16292 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
16294 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
16295 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
16296 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
16297 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
16298 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
16299 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
16300 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
16301 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
16302 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
16303 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
16304 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
16305 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
16306 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
16307 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
16308 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
16309 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
16310 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
16311 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
16312 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
16313 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
16314 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
16315 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
16317 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
16319 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
16320 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
16322 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
16323 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
16325 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
16326 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
16328 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
16329 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
16331 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
16332 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
16334 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
16335 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
16337 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
16339 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
16340 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
16342 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
16343 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
16345 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
16346 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
16348 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
16349 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
16351 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
16352 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
16354 fputc ('\n', file
);
16356 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
16358 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
16359 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
16360 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
16361 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
16362 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
16363 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
16364 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
16365 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
16366 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
16367 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
16368 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
16369 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
16370 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
16371 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
16372 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
16373 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
16374 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
16375 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
16376 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
16377 fputc ('\n', file
);
16383 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
16385 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16386 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16387 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
16388 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16389 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16390 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
16391 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".MIPS.xhash"), 0, SHT_MIPS_XHASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
16392 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16395 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16396 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16397 definiton of the symbol. */
16399 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16400 unsigned int st_other
,
16402 bool dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16404 if ((st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16406 unsigned char other
;
16408 other
= (definition
? st_other
: h
->other
);
16409 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16410 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
16414 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (st_other
))
16415 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
16418 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16419 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16421 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
16423 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) != 0;
16427 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
16429 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
16430 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16431 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
16434 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16435 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16438 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
16439 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16442 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
16443 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
16446 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16447 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16448 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16449 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16450 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16451 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16452 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16453 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16456 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
16457 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16458 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16459 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16462 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16463 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16464 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16465 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16467 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
16468 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16469 bool micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16470 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16471 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16472 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16473 unsigned int other
;
16474 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16493 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16496 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16497 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16500 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16501 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16504 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16508 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16509 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, true))
16511 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16513 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16514 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16515 PLT slots per relocation. */
16516 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16517 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16518 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16519 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16520 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16521 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16522 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16524 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16525 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16527 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16530 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16533 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16536 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16538 names
= (char *) send
;
16539 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16542 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16543 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16547 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16548 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16550 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16554 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16555 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16559 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16564 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16568 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16569 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16570 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16574 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16575 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16576 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16578 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16579 const char *suffix
;
16584 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16586 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16587 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16591 /* Truncated table??? */
16592 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16594 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16595 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16596 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16597 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16598 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16600 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16601 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16605 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16606 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16607 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16609 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16610 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16611 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16612 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16613 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16614 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16616 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16617 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16619 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16620 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16621 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16622 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16623 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16624 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16625 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16626 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16627 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16629 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16632 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16633 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16634 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16635 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16636 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16637 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16638 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16639 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16642 /* Truncated table??? */
16643 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16647 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16648 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16655 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16656 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16657 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16658 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16659 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16660 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16662 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16664 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16666 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16667 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16668 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16671 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16673 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16674 names
+= suffixlen
;
16677 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16686 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16688 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*
16689 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
)
16691 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
16693 return tdata
->abiflags_valid
? &tdata
->abiflags
: NULL
;
16696 /* MIPS libc ABI versions, used with the EI_ABIVERSION ELF file header
16697 field. Taken from `libc-abis.h' generated at GNU libc build time.
16698 Using a MIPS_ prefix as other libc targets use different values. */
16701 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_DEFAULT
= 0,
16702 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
,
16703 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_UNIQUE
,
16704 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
,
16705 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_ABSOLUTE
,
16706 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_XHASH
,
16711 _bfd_mips_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16713 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= NULL
;
16714 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16716 if (!_bfd_elf_init_file_header (abfd
, link_info
))
16719 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16722 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16723 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16727 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
16728 && htab
->root
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
16729 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
;
16731 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16732 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16733 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
;
16735 /* Mark that we need support for absolute symbols in the dynamic loader. */
16736 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->use_absolute_zero
&& htab
->gnu_target
)
16737 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_ABSOLUTE
;
16739 /* Mark that we need support for .MIPS.xhash in the dynamic linker,
16740 if it is the only hash section that will be created. */
16741 if (link_info
&& link_info
->emit_gnu_hash
&& !link_info
->emit_hash
)
16742 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_XHASH
;
16747 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding
16748 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16750 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16753 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16756 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode
16757 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16759 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;
16762 /* Record a position XLAT_LOC in the xlat translation table, associated with
16763 the hash entry H. The entry in the translation table will later be
16764 populated with the real symbol dynindx. */
16767 _bfd_mips_elf_record_xhash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16770 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
16772 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
16773 hmips
->mipsxhash_loc
= xlat_loc
;